PR c++/3478

[official-gcc.git] / gcc / config / mips / mips.c

/* Subroutines used for MIPS code generation.
   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
   1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by A. Lichnewsky, lich@inria.inria.fr.
   Changes by Michael Meissner, meissner@osf.org.
   64 bit r4000 support by Ian Lance Taylor, ian@cygnus.com, and
   Brendan Eich, brendan@microunity.com.

This file is part of GCC.

GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.

GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

#include "config.h"
#include "system.h"
#include "coretypes.h"
#include "tm.h"
#include <signal.h>
#include "rtl.h"
#include "regs.h"
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
#include "real.h"
#include "insn-config.h"
#include "conditions.h"
#include "insn-attr.h"
#include "recog.h"
#include "toplev.h"
#include "output.h"
#include "tree.h"
#include "function.h"
#include "expr.h"
#include "optabs.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "reload.h"
#include "tm_p.h"
#include "ggc.h"
#include "gstab.h"
#include "hashtab.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "target.h"
#include "target-def.h"
#include "integrate.h"
#include "langhooks.h"

/* Enumeration for all of the relational tests, so that we can build
   arrays indexed by the test type, and not worry about the order
   of EQ, NE, etc.  */

enum internal_test {
  ITEST_EQ,
  ITEST_NE,
  ITEST_GT,
  ITEST_GE,
  ITEST_LT,
  ITEST_LE,
  ITEST_GTU,
  ITEST_GEU,
  ITEST_LTU,
  ITEST_LEU,
  ITEST_MAX
};

/* Return true if it is likely that the given mode will be accessed
   using only a single instruction.  */
#define SINGLE_WORD_MODE_P(MODE) \
  ((MODE) != BLKmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)

/* True if X is an unspec wrapper around a SYMBOL_REF or LABEL_REF.  */
#define UNSPEC_ADDRESS_P(X)                                     \
  (GET_CODE (X) == UNSPEC                                       \
   && XINT (X, 1) >= UNSPEC_ADDRESS_FIRST                       \
   && XINT (X, 1) < UNSPEC_ADDRESS_FIRST + NUM_SYMBOL_TYPES)

/* Extract the symbol or label from UNSPEC wrapper X.  */
#define UNSPEC_ADDRESS(X) \
  XVECEXP (X, 0, 0)

/* Extract the symbol type from UNSPEC wrapper X.  */
#define UNSPEC_ADDRESS_TYPE(X) \
  ((enum mips_symbol_type) (XINT (X, 1) - UNSPEC_ADDRESS_FIRST))

/* True if X is (const $gp).  This is used to initialize the mips16
   gp pseudo register.  */
#define CONST_GP_P(X) \
  (GET_CODE (X) == CONST && XEXP (X, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)

/* The maximum distance between the top of the stack frame and the
   value $sp has when we save & restore registers.

   Use a maximum gap of 0x100 in the mips16 case.  We can then use
   unextended instructions to save and restore registers, and to
   allocate and deallocate the top part of the frame.

   The value in the !mips16 case must be a SMALL_OPERAND and must
   preserve the maximum stack alignment.  It could really be 0x7ff0,
   but SGI's assemblers implement daddiu $sp,$sp,-0x7ff0 as a
   multi-instruction addu sequence.  Use 0x7fe0 to work around this.  */
#define MIPS_MAX_FIRST_STACK_STEP (TARGET_MIPS16 ? 0x100 : 0x7fe0)

/* Classifies a SYMBOL_REF, LABEL_REF or UNSPEC address.

   SYMBOL_GENERAL
       Used when none of the below apply.

   SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA
       The symbol refers to something in a small data section.

   SYMBOL_CONSTANT_POOL
       The symbol refers to something in the mips16 constant pool.

   SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL
       The symbol refers to local data that will be found using
       the global offset table.

   SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL
       Likewise non-local data.

   SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE
       An UNSPEC wrapper around a SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL.  It represents the
       offset from _gp of a GOT page entry.

   SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL
       An UNSPEC wrapper around a SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL.  It represents the
       the offset from _gp of the symbol's GOT entry.

   SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL
       Like SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL, but used when calling a global function.
       The GOT entry is allowed to point to a stub rather than to the
       function itself.

   SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP
       An UNSPEC wrapper around a function's address.  It represents the
       offset of _gp from the start of the function.  */
enum mips_symbol_type {
  SYMBOL_GENERAL,
  SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA,
  SYMBOL_CONSTANT_POOL,
  SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL,
  SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL,
  SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE,
  SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL,
  SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL,
  SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP
};
#define NUM_SYMBOL_TYPES (SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP + 1)


/* Classifies an address.

   ADDRESS_REG
       A natural register + offset address.  The register satisfies
       mips_valid_base_register_p and the offset is a const_arith_operand.

   ADDRESS_LO_SUM
       A LO_SUM rtx.  The first operand is a valid base register and
       the second operand is a symbolic address.

   ADDRESS_CONST_INT
       A signed 16-bit constant address.

   ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC:
       A constant symbolic address (equivalent to CONSTANT_SYMBOLIC).  */
enum mips_address_type {
  ADDRESS_REG,
  ADDRESS_LO_SUM,
  ADDRESS_CONST_INT,
  ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC
};

/* A function to save or store a register.  The first argument is the
   register and the second is the stack slot.  */
typedef void (*mips_save_restore_fn) (rtx, rtx);

struct constant;
struct mips_arg_info;
struct mips_address_info;
struct mips_integer_op;

static enum mips_symbol_type mips_classify_symbol (rtx);
static void mips_split_const (rtx, rtx *, HOST_WIDE_INT *);
static bool mips_symbolic_constant_p (rtx, enum mips_symbol_type *);
static bool mips_valid_base_register_p (rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
static bool mips_symbolic_address_p (enum mips_symbol_type, enum machine_mode);
static bool mips_classify_address (struct mips_address_info *, rtx,
                                   enum machine_mode, int);
static int mips_symbol_insns (enum mips_symbol_type);
static bool mips16_unextended_reference_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx, rtx);
static rtx mips_force_temporary (rtx, rtx);
static rtx mips_split_symbol (rtx, rtx);
static rtx mips_unspec_address (rtx, enum mips_symbol_type);
static rtx mips_unspec_offset_high (rtx, rtx, enum mips_symbol_type);
static rtx mips_load_got (rtx, rtx, enum mips_symbol_type);
static rtx mips_add_offset (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static unsigned int mips_build_shift (struct mips_integer_op *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static unsigned int mips_build_lower (struct mips_integer_op *,
                                      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static unsigned int mips_build_integer (struct mips_integer_op *,
                                        unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void mips_move_integer (rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void mips_legitimize_const_move (enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
static int m16_check_op (rtx, int, int, int);
static bool mips_rtx_costs (rtx, int, int, int *);
static int mips_address_cost (rtx);
static enum internal_test map_test_to_internal_test (enum rtx_code);
static void get_float_compare_codes (enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code *,
                                     enum rtx_code *);
static bool mips_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree, tree);
static void mips_block_move_straight (rtx, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void mips_adjust_block_mem (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, rtx *, rtx *);
static void mips_block_move_loop (rtx, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void mips_arg_info (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode,
                           tree, int, struct mips_arg_info *);
static bool mips_get_unaligned_mem (rtx *, unsigned int, int, rtx *, rtx *);
static void mips_set_architecture (const struct mips_cpu_info *);
static void mips_set_tune (const struct mips_cpu_info *);
static struct machine_function *mips_init_machine_status (void);
static void print_operand_reloc (FILE *, rtx, const char **);
static bool mips_assemble_integer (rtx, unsigned int, int);
static void mips_file_start (void);
static void mips_file_end (void);
static bool mips_rewrite_small_data_p (rtx);
static int small_data_pattern_1 (rtx *, void *);
static int mips_rewrite_small_data_1 (rtx *, void *);
static bool mips_function_has_gp_insn (void);
static unsigned int mips_global_pointer (void);
static bool mips_save_reg_p (unsigned int);
static void mips_save_restore_reg (enum machine_mode, int, HOST_WIDE_INT,
                                   mips_save_restore_fn);
static void mips_for_each_saved_reg (HOST_WIDE_INT, mips_save_restore_fn);
static void mips_output_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void mips_set_frame_expr (rtx);
static rtx mips_frame_set (rtx, rtx);
static void mips_save_reg (rtx, rtx);
static void mips_output_function_epilogue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void mips_restore_reg (rtx, rtx);
static int symbolic_expression_p (rtx);
static void mips_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode, rtx,
                                     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
static void mips_select_section (tree, int, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
                                  ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
static bool mips_in_small_data_p (tree);
static void mips_encode_section_info (tree, rtx, int);
static int mips_fpr_return_fields (tree, tree *);
static bool mips_return_in_msb (tree);
static rtx mips_return_fpr_pair (enum machine_mode mode,
                                 enum machine_mode mode1, HOST_WIDE_INT,
                                 enum machine_mode mode2, HOST_WIDE_INT);
static rtx mips16_gp_pseudo_reg (void);
static void mips16_fp_args (FILE *, int, int);
static void build_mips16_function_stub (FILE *);
static void mips16_optimize_gp (void);
static rtx add_constant (struct constant **, rtx, enum machine_mode);
static void dump_constants (struct constant *, rtx);
static rtx mips_find_symbol (rtx);
static void mips16_lay_out_constants (void);
static void mips_avoid_hazard (rtx, rtx, int *, rtx *, rtx);
static void mips_avoid_hazards (void);
static void mips_reorg (void);
static bool mips_strict_matching_cpu_name_p (const char *, const char *);
static bool mips_matching_cpu_name_p (const char *, const char *);
static const struct mips_cpu_info *mips_parse_cpu (const char *, const char *);
static const struct mips_cpu_info *mips_cpu_info_from_isa (int);
static int mips_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
static int mips_issue_rate (void);
static int mips_use_dfa_pipeline_interface (void);
static void mips_init_libfuncs (void);
static tree mips_build_builtin_va_list (void);

#if TARGET_IRIX
static void irix_asm_named_section_1 (const char *, unsigned int,
                                      unsigned int);
static void irix_asm_named_section (const char *, unsigned int);
static int irix_section_align_entry_eq (const void *, const void *);
static hashval_t irix_section_align_entry_hash (const void *);
static void irix_file_start (void);
static int irix_section_align_1 (void **, void *);
static void copy_file_data (FILE *, FILE *);
static void irix_file_end (void);
static unsigned int irix_section_type_flags (tree, const char *, int);
#endif

/* Structure to be filled in by compute_frame_size with register
   save masks, and offsets for the current function.  */

struct mips_frame_info GTY(())
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT total_size;     /* # bytes that the entire frame takes up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT var_size;       /* # bytes that variables take up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;      /* # bytes that outgoing arguments take up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT cprestore_size; /* # bytes that the .cprestore slot takes up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT gp_reg_size;    /* # bytes needed to store gp regs */
  HOST_WIDE_INT fp_reg_size;    /* # bytes needed to store fp regs */
  unsigned int mask;            /* mask of saved gp registers */
  unsigned int fmask;           /* mask of saved fp registers */
  HOST_WIDE_INT gp_save_offset; /* offset from vfp to store gp registers */
  HOST_WIDE_INT fp_save_offset; /* offset from vfp to store fp registers */
  HOST_WIDE_INT gp_sp_offset;   /* offset from new sp to store gp registers */
  HOST_WIDE_INT fp_sp_offset;   /* offset from new sp to store fp registers */
  bool initialized;             /* true if frame size already calculated */
  int num_gp;                   /* number of gp registers saved */
  int num_fp;                   /* number of fp registers saved */
};

struct machine_function GTY(()) {
  /* Pseudo-reg holding the address of the current function when
     generating embedded PIC code.  */
  rtx embedded_pic_fnaddr_rtx;

  /* Pseudo-reg holding the value of $28 in a mips16 function which
     refers to GP relative global variables.  */
  rtx mips16_gp_pseudo_rtx;

  /* Current frame information, calculated by compute_frame_size.  */
  struct mips_frame_info frame;

  /* Length of instructions in function; mips16 only.  */
  long insns_len;

  /* The register to use as the global pointer within this function.  */
  unsigned int global_pointer;

  /* True if mips_adjust_insn_length should ignore an instruction's
     hazard attribute.  */
  bool ignore_hazard_length_p;

  /* True if the whole function is suitable for .set noreorder and
     .set nomacro.  */
  bool all_noreorder_p;

  /* True if the function is known to have an instruction that needs $gp.  */
  bool has_gp_insn_p;
};

/* Information about a single argument.  */
struct mips_arg_info
{
  /* True if the argument is passed in a floating-point register, or
     would have been if we hadn't run out of registers.  */
  bool fpr_p;

  /* The argument's size, in bytes.  */
  unsigned int num_bytes;

  /* The number of words passed in registers, rounded up.  */
  unsigned int reg_words;

  /* The offset of the first register from GP_ARG_FIRST or FP_ARG_FIRST,
     or MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS if the argument is passed entirely
     on the stack.  */
  unsigned int reg_offset;

  /* The number of words that must be passed on the stack, rounded up.  */
  unsigned int stack_words;

  /* The offset from the start of the stack overflow area of the argument's
     first stack word.  Only meaningful when STACK_WORDS is nonzero.  */
  unsigned int stack_offset;
};


/* Information about an address described by mips_address_type.

   ADDRESS_CONST_INT
       No fields are used.

   ADDRESS_REG
       REG is the base register and OFFSET is the constant offset.

   ADDRESS_LO_SUM
       REG is the register that contains the high part of the address,
       OFFSET is the symbolic address being referenced and SYMBOL_TYPE
       is the type of OFFSET's symbol.

   ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC
       SYMBOL_TYPE is the type of symbol being referenced.  */

struct mips_address_info
{
  enum mips_address_type type;
  rtx reg;
  rtx offset;
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;
};


/* One stage in a constant building sequence.  These sequences have
   the form:

        A = VALUE[0]
        A = A CODE[1] VALUE[1]
        A = A CODE[2] VALUE[2]
        ...

   where A is an accumulator, each CODE[i] is a binary rtl operation
   and each VALUE[i] is a constant integer.  */
struct mips_integer_op {
  enum rtx_code code;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value;
};


/* The largest number of operations needed to load an integer constant.
   The worst accepted case for 64-bit constants is LUI,ORI,SLL,ORI,SLL,ORI.
   When the lowest bit is clear, we can try, but reject a sequence with
   an extra SLL at the end.  */
#define MIPS_MAX_INTEGER_OPS 7


/* Global variables for machine-dependent things.  */

/* Threshold for data being put into the small data/bss area, instead
   of the normal data area.  */
int mips_section_threshold = -1;

/* Count the number of .file directives, so that .loc is up to date.  */
int num_source_filenames = 0;

/* Count the number of sdb related labels are generated (to find block
   start and end boundaries).  */
int sdb_label_count = 0;

/* Next label # for each statement for Silicon Graphics IRIS systems.  */
int sym_lineno = 0;

/* Linked list of all externals that are to be emitted when optimizing
   for the global pointer if they haven't been declared by the end of
   the program with an appropriate .comm or initialization.  */

struct extern_list GTY (())
{
  struct extern_list *next;     /* next external */
  const char *name;             /* name of the external */
  int size;                     /* size in bytes */
};

static GTY (()) struct extern_list *extern_head = 0;

/* Name of the file containing the current function.  */
const char *current_function_file = "";

/* Number of nested .set noreorder, noat, nomacro, and volatile requests.  */
int set_noreorder;
int set_noat;
int set_nomacro;
int set_volatile;

/* The next branch instruction is a branch likely, not branch normal.  */
int mips_branch_likely;

/* Cached operands, and operator to compare for use in set/branch/trap
   on condition codes.  */
rtx branch_cmp[2];

/* what type of branch to use */
enum cmp_type branch_type;

/* The target cpu for code generation.  */
enum processor_type mips_arch;
const struct mips_cpu_info *mips_arch_info;

/* The target cpu for optimization and scheduling.  */
enum processor_type mips_tune;
const struct mips_cpu_info *mips_tune_info;

/* Which instruction set architecture to use.  */
int mips_isa;

/* Which ABI to use.  */
int mips_abi;

/* Strings to hold which cpu and instruction set architecture to use.  */
const char *mips_arch_string;   /* for -march=<xxx> */
const char *mips_tune_string;   /* for -mtune=<xxx> */
const char *mips_isa_string;    /* for -mips{1,2,3,4} */
const char *mips_abi_string;    /* for -mabi={32,n32,64,eabi} */

/* Whether we are generating mips16 hard float code.  In mips16 mode
   we always set TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT; this variable is nonzero if
   -msoft-float was not specified by the user, which means that we
   should arrange to call mips32 hard floating point code.  */
int mips16_hard_float;

const char *mips_cache_flush_func = CACHE_FLUSH_FUNC;

/* If TRUE, we split addresses into their high and low parts in the RTL.  */
int mips_split_addresses;

/* Mode used for saving/restoring general purpose registers.  */
static enum machine_mode gpr_mode;

/* Array giving truth value on whether or not a given hard register
   can support a given mode.  */
char mips_hard_regno_mode_ok[(int)MAX_MACHINE_MODE][FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];

/* The length of all strings seen when compiling for the mips16.  This
   is used to tell how many strings are in the constant pool, so that
   we can see if we may have an overflow.  This is reset each time the
   constant pool is output.  */
int mips_string_length;

/* When generating mips16 code, a list of all strings that are to be
   output after the current function.  */

static GTY(()) rtx mips16_strings;

/* In mips16 mode, we build a list of all the string constants we see
   in a particular function.  */

struct string_constant
{
  struct string_constant *next;
  const char *label;
};

static struct string_constant *string_constants;

/* List of all MIPS punctuation characters used by print_operand.  */
char mips_print_operand_punct[256];

/* Map GCC register number to debugger register number.  */
int mips_dbx_regno[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];

/* An alias set for the GOT.  */
static int mips_got_alias_set;

/* A copy of the original flag_delayed_branch: see override_options.  */
static int mips_flag_delayed_branch;

static GTY (()) int mips_output_filename_first_time = 1;

/* mips_split_p[X] is true if symbols of type X can be split by
   mips_split_symbol().  */
static bool mips_split_p[NUM_SYMBOL_TYPES];

/* mips_lo_relocs[X] is the relocation to use when a symbol of type X
   appears in a LO_SUM.  It can be null if such LO_SUMs aren't valid or
   if they are matched by a special .md file pattern.  */
static const char *mips_lo_relocs[NUM_SYMBOL_TYPES];

/* Likewise for HIGHs.  */
static const char *mips_hi_relocs[NUM_SYMBOL_TYPES];

/* Hardware names for the registers.  If -mrnames is used, this
   will be overwritten with mips_sw_reg_names.  */

char mips_reg_names[][8] =
{
 "$0",   "$1",   "$2",   "$3",   "$4",   "$5",   "$6",   "$7",
 "$8",   "$9",   "$10",  "$11",  "$12",  "$13",  "$14",  "$15",
 "$16",  "$17",  "$18",  "$19",  "$20",  "$21",  "$22",  "$23",
 "$24",  "$25",  "$26",  "$27",  "$28",  "$sp",  "$fp",  "$31",
 "$f0",  "$f1",  "$f2",  "$f3",  "$f4",  "$f5",  "$f6",  "$f7",
 "$f8",  "$f9",  "$f10", "$f11", "$f12", "$f13", "$f14", "$f15",
 "$f16", "$f17", "$f18", "$f19", "$f20", "$f21", "$f22", "$f23",
 "$f24", "$f25", "$f26", "$f27", "$f28", "$f29", "$f30", "$f31",
 "hi",   "lo",   "",     "$fcc0","$fcc1","$fcc2","$fcc3","$fcc4",
 "$fcc5","$fcc6","$fcc7","", "",     "",     "",     "$fakec",
 "$c0r0", "$c0r1", "$c0r2", "$c0r3", "$c0r4", "$c0r5", "$c0r6", "$c0r7",
 "$c0r8", "$c0r9", "$c0r10","$c0r11","$c0r12","$c0r13","$c0r14","$c0r15",
 "$c0r16","$c0r17","$c0r18","$c0r19","$c0r20","$c0r21","$c0r22","$c0r23",
 "$c0r24","$c0r25","$c0r26","$c0r27","$c0r28","$c0r29","$c0r30","$c0r31",
 "$c2r0", "$c2r1", "$c2r2", "$c2r3", "$c2r4", "$c2r5", "$c2r6", "$c2r7",
 "$c2r8", "$c2r9", "$c2r10","$c2r11","$c2r12","$c2r13","$c2r14","$c2r15",
 "$c2r16","$c2r17","$c2r18","$c2r19","$c2r20","$c2r21","$c2r22","$c2r23",
 "$c2r24","$c2r25","$c2r26","$c2r27","$c2r28","$c2r29","$c2r30","$c2r31",
 "$c3r0", "$c3r1", "$c3r2", "$c3r3", "$c3r4", "$c3r5", "$c3r6", "$c3r7",
 "$c3r8", "$c3r9", "$c3r10","$c3r11","$c3r12","$c3r13","$c3r14","$c3r15",
 "$c3r16","$c3r17","$c3r18","$c3r19","$c3r20","$c3r21","$c3r22","$c3r23",
 "$c3r24","$c3r25","$c3r26","$c3r27","$c3r28","$c3r29","$c3r30","$c3r31"
};

/* Mips software names for the registers, used to overwrite the
   mips_reg_names array.  */

char mips_sw_reg_names[][8] =
{
  "$zero","$at",  "$v0",  "$v1",  "$a0",  "$a1",  "$a2",  "$a3",
  "$t0",  "$t1",  "$t2",  "$t3",  "$t4",  "$t5",  "$t6",  "$t7",
  "$s0",  "$s1",  "$s2",  "$s3",  "$s4",  "$s5",  "$s6",  "$s7",
  "$t8",  "$t9",  "$k0",  "$k1",  "$gp",  "$sp",  "$fp",  "$ra",
  "$f0",  "$f1",  "$f2",  "$f3",  "$f4",  "$f5",  "$f6",  "$f7",
  "$f8",  "$f9",  "$f10", "$f11", "$f12", "$f13", "$f14", "$f15",
  "$f16", "$f17", "$f18", "$f19", "$f20", "$f21", "$f22", "$f23",
  "$f24", "$f25", "$f26", "$f27", "$f28", "$f29", "$f30", "$f31",
  "hi",   "lo",   "",     "$fcc0","$fcc1","$fcc2","$fcc3","$fcc4",
  "$fcc5","$fcc6","$fcc7","$rap", "",     "",     "",     "$fakec",
  "$c0r0", "$c0r1", "$c0r2", "$c0r3", "$c0r4", "$c0r5", "$c0r6", "$c0r7",
  "$c0r8", "$c0r9", "$c0r10","$c0r11","$c0r12","$c0r13","$c0r14","$c0r15",
  "$c0r16","$c0r17","$c0r18","$c0r19","$c0r20","$c0r21","$c0r22","$c0r23",
  "$c0r24","$c0r25","$c0r26","$c0r27","$c0r28","$c0r29","$c0r30","$c0r31",
  "$c2r0", "$c2r1", "$c2r2", "$c2r3", "$c2r4", "$c2r5", "$c2r6", "$c2r7",
  "$c2r8", "$c2r9", "$c2r10","$c2r11","$c2r12","$c2r13","$c2r14","$c2r15",
  "$c2r16","$c2r17","$c2r18","$c2r19","$c2r20","$c2r21","$c2r22","$c2r23",
  "$c2r24","$c2r25","$c2r26","$c2r27","$c2r28","$c2r29","$c2r30","$c2r31",
  "$c3r0", "$c3r1", "$c3r2", "$c3r3", "$c3r4", "$c3r5", "$c3r6", "$c3r7",
  "$c3r8", "$c3r9", "$c3r10","$c3r11","$c3r12","$c3r13","$c3r14","$c3r15",
  "$c3r16","$c3r17","$c3r18","$c3r19","$c3r20","$c3r21","$c3r22","$c3r23",
  "$c3r24","$c3r25","$c3r26","$c3r27","$c3r28","$c3r29","$c3r30","$c3r31"
};

/* Map hard register number to register class */
const enum reg_class mips_regno_to_class[] =
{
  LEA_REGS,     LEA_REGS,       M16_NA_REGS,    M16_NA_REGS,
  M16_REGS,     M16_REGS,       M16_REGS,       M16_REGS,
  LEA_REGS,     LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,
  LEA_REGS,     LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,
  M16_NA_REGS,  M16_NA_REGS,    LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,
  LEA_REGS,     LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,
  T_REG,        PIC_FN_ADDR_REG, LEA_REGS,      LEA_REGS,
  LEA_REGS,     LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,       LEA_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  FP_REGS,      FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,        FP_REGS,
  HI_REG,       LO_REG,         NO_REGS,        ST_REGS,
  ST_REGS,      ST_REGS,        ST_REGS,        ST_REGS,
  ST_REGS,      ST_REGS,        ST_REGS,        NO_REGS,
  NO_REGS,      NO_REGS,        NO_REGS,        NO_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP0_REGS,    COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,      COP0_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP2_REGS,    COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,      COP2_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,
  COP3_REGS,    COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS,      COP3_REGS
};

/* Map register constraint character to register class.  */
enum reg_class mips_char_to_class[256];
\f
/* A table describing all the processors gcc knows about.  Names are
   matched in the order listed.  The first mention of an ISA level is
   taken as the canonical name for that ISA.

   To ease comparison, please keep this table in the same order as
   gas's mips_cpu_info_table[].  */
const struct mips_cpu_info mips_cpu_info_table[] = {
  /* Entries for generic ISAs */
  { "mips1", PROCESSOR_R3000, 1 },
  { "mips2", PROCESSOR_R6000, 2 },
  { "mips3", PROCESSOR_R4000, 3 },
  { "mips4", PROCESSOR_R8000, 4 },
  { "mips32", PROCESSOR_4KC, 32 },
  { "mips32r2", PROCESSOR_M4K, 33 },
  { "mips64", PROCESSOR_5KC, 64 },

  /* MIPS I */
  { "r3000", PROCESSOR_R3000, 1 },
  { "r2000", PROCESSOR_R3000, 1 }, /* = r3000 */
  { "r3900", PROCESSOR_R3900, 1 },

  /* MIPS II */
  { "r6000", PROCESSOR_R6000, 2 },

  /* MIPS III */
  { "r4000", PROCESSOR_R4000, 3 },
  { "vr4100", PROCESSOR_R4100, 3 },
  { "vr4111", PROCESSOR_R4111, 3 },
  { "vr4120", PROCESSOR_R4120, 3 },
  { "vr4300", PROCESSOR_R4300, 3 },
  { "r4400", PROCESSOR_R4000, 3 }, /* = r4000 */
  { "r4600", PROCESSOR_R4600, 3 },
  { "orion", PROCESSOR_R4600, 3 }, /* = r4600 */
  { "r4650", PROCESSOR_R4650, 3 },

  /* MIPS IV */
  { "r8000", PROCESSOR_R8000, 4 },
  { "vr5000", PROCESSOR_R5000, 4 },
  { "vr5400", PROCESSOR_R5400, 4 },
  { "vr5500", PROCESSOR_R5500, 4 },
  { "rm7000", PROCESSOR_R7000, 4 },
  { "rm9000", PROCESSOR_R9000, 4 },

  /* MIPS32 */
  { "4kc", PROCESSOR_4KC, 32 },
  { "4kp", PROCESSOR_4KC, 32 }, /* = 4kc */

  /* MIPS32 Release 2 */
  { "m4k", PROCESSOR_M4K, 33 },

  /* MIPS64 */
  { "5kc", PROCESSOR_5KC, 64 },
  { "20kc", PROCESSOR_20KC, 64 },
  { "sb1", PROCESSOR_SB1, 64 },
  { "sr71000", PROCESSOR_SR71000, 64 },

  /* End marker */
  { 0, 0, 0 }
};
\f
/* Nonzero if -march should decide the default value of MASK_SOFT_FLOAT.  */
#ifndef MIPS_MARCH_CONTROLS_SOFT_FLOAT
#define MIPS_MARCH_CONTROLS_SOFT_FLOAT 0
#endif
\f
/* Initialize the GCC target structure.  */
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.half\t"
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.word\t"
#undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER mips_assemble_integer

#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE mips_output_function_prologue
#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE mips_output_function_epilogue
#undef TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
#define TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION mips_select_rtx_section

#undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
#define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST mips_adjust_cost
#undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
#define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE mips_issue_rate
#undef TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE
#define TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE mips_use_dfa_pipeline_interface

#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL mips_function_ok_for_sibcall

#undef TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
#define TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE mips_valid_pointer_mode
#undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS mips_rtx_costs
#undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
#define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST mips_address_cost

#undef TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
#define TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO mips_encode_section_info
#undef TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
#define TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P mips_in_small_data_p

#undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
#define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG mips_reorg

#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
#if TARGET_IRIX
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START irix_file_start
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END irix_file_end
#else
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START mips_file_start
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END mips_file_end
#endif
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE true

#if TARGET_IRIX
#undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
#define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS irix_section_type_flags
#endif

#undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
#define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS mips_init_libfuncs

#undef TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
#define TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST mips_build_builtin_va_list
#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB mips_return_in_msb

struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
\f
/* Classify symbol X, which must be a SYMBOL_REF or a LABEL_REF.  */

static enum mips_symbol_type
mips_classify_symbol (rtx x)
{
  if (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
    return (TARGET_ABICALLS ? SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL : SYMBOL_GENERAL);

  if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
    abort ();

  if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (x))
    {
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        return SYMBOL_CONSTANT_POOL;

      if (TARGET_ABICALLS)
        return SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL;

      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (get_pool_mode (x)) <= mips_section_threshold)
        return SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA;

      return SYMBOL_GENERAL;
    }

  if (SYMBOL_REF_SMALL_P (x))
    return SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA;

  /* When generating mips16 code, SYMBOL_REF_FLAG indicates a string
     in the current function's constant pool.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16 && SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (x))
    return SYMBOL_CONSTANT_POOL;

  if (TARGET_ABICALLS)
    {
      if (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x) == 0)
        return SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (x) ? SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL : SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL;

      /* There are three cases to consider:

            - o32 PIC (either with or without explicit relocs)
            - n32/n64 PIC without explicit relocs
            - n32/n64 PIC with explicit relocs

         In the first case, both local and global accesses will use an
         R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation.  We must correctly predict which of
         the two semantics (local or global) the assembler and linker
         will apply.  The choice doesn't depend on the symbol's
         visibility, so we deliberately ignore decl_visibility and
         binds_local_p here.

         In the second case, the assembler will not use R_MIPS_GOT16
         relocations, but it chooses between local and global accesses
         in the same way as for o32 PIC.

         In the third case we have more freedom since both forms of
         access will work for any kind of symbol.  However, there seems
         little point in doing things differently.  */
      if (DECL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)) && TREE_PUBLIC (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)))
        return SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL;

      return SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL;
    }

  return SYMBOL_GENERAL;
}


/* Split X into a base and a constant offset, storing them in *BASE
   and *OFFSET respectively.  */

static void
mips_split_const (rtx x, rtx *base, HOST_WIDE_INT *offset)
{
  *offset = 0;

  if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
    x = XEXP (x, 0);

  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
    {
      *offset += INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
      x = XEXP (x, 0);
    }
  *base = x;
}


/* Return true if X is a symbolic constant that can be calculated in
   the same way as a bare symbol.  If it is, store the type of the
   symbol in *SYMBOL_TYPE.  */

static bool
mips_symbolic_constant_p (rtx x, enum mips_symbol_type *symbol_type)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

  mips_split_const (x, &x, &offset);
  if (UNSPEC_ADDRESS_P (x))
    *symbol_type = UNSPEC_ADDRESS_TYPE (x);
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
    *symbol_type = mips_classify_symbol (x);
  else
    return false;

  if (offset == 0)
    return true;

  /* If X refers to a string constant, and that constant is put into a
     mergeable section, the linker will need to know which string is
     being accessed.  It has no way of distinguishing an out-of-bounds
     access to X from an in-bounds access to a later or earlier string.  */
  if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
      && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x) != 0
      && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x)) == STRING_CST
      && !(offset > 0 && offset < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (x))))
    return false;

  /* Check whether a nonzero offset is valid for the underlying
     relocations.  */
  switch (*symbol_type)
    {
    case SYMBOL_GENERAL:
      /* %hi() and %lo() can handle anything.  */
      return true;

    case SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA:
      /* Make sure that the offset refers to something within the
         -G limit.  If the offset is allowed to grow too much,
         it could overflow the range of %gp_rel().  */
      return (offset > 0 && offset < mips_section_threshold);

    case SYMBOL_CONSTANT_POOL:
      /* We don't generate out-of-bounds accesses to normal constant
         pool entries.  String constants were handled above.  */
      return true;

    case SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE:
      /* The linker should provide enough local GOT entries for a
         16-bit offset.  Larger offsets may lead to GOT overflow.  */
      return SMALL_OPERAND (offset);

    case SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP:
      return false;
    }
  abort ();
}


/* This function is used to implement REG_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P.  */

int
mips_reg_mode_ok_for_base_p (rtx reg, enum machine_mode mode, int strict)
{
  return (strict
          ? REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (reg), mode)
          : GP_REG_OR_PSEUDO_NONSTRICT_P (REGNO (reg), mode));
}


/* Return true if X is a valid base register for the given mode.
   Allow only hard registers if STRICT.  */

static bool
mips_valid_base_register_p (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode, int strict)
{
  if (!strict && GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
    x = SUBREG_REG (x);

  return (GET_CODE (x) == REG
          && mips_reg_mode_ok_for_base_p (x, mode, strict));
}


/* Return true if symbols of type SYMBOL_TYPE can directly address a value
   with mode MODE.  This is used for both symbolic and LO_SUM addresses.  */

static bool
mips_symbolic_address_p (enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type,
                         enum machine_mode mode)
{
  switch (symbol_type)
    {
    case SYMBOL_GENERAL:
      return !TARGET_MIPS16;

    case SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA:
      return true;

    case SYMBOL_CONSTANT_POOL:
      /* PC-relative addressing is only available for lw, sw, ld and sd.  */
      return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 4 || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 8;

    case SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL:
      return true;

    case SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL:
      /* The address will have to be loaded from the GOT first.  */
      return false;

    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP:
      return true;
    }
  abort ();
}


/* Return true if X is a valid address for machine mode MODE.  If it is,
   fill in INFO appropriately.  STRICT is true if we should only accept
   hard base registers.  */

static bool
mips_classify_address (struct mips_address_info *info, rtx x,
                       enum machine_mode mode, int strict)
{
  switch (GET_CODE (x))
    {
    case REG:
    case SUBREG:
      info->type = ADDRESS_REG;
      info->reg = x;
      info->offset = const0_rtx;
      return mips_valid_base_register_p (info->reg, mode, strict);

    case PLUS:
      info->type = ADDRESS_REG;
      info->reg = XEXP (x, 0);
      info->offset = XEXP (x, 1);
      return (mips_valid_base_register_p (info->reg, mode, strict)
              && const_arith_operand (info->offset, VOIDmode));

    case LO_SUM:
      info->type = ADDRESS_LO_SUM;
      info->reg = XEXP (x, 0);
      info->offset = XEXP (x, 1);
      return (mips_valid_base_register_p (info->reg, mode, strict)
              && mips_symbolic_constant_p (info->offset, &info->symbol_type)
              && mips_symbolic_address_p (info->symbol_type, mode)
              && mips_lo_relocs[info->symbol_type] != 0);

    case CONST_INT:
      /* Small-integer addresses don't occur very often, but they
         are legitimate if $0 is a valid base register.  */
      info->type = ADDRESS_CONST_INT;
      return !TARGET_MIPS16 && SMALL_INT (x);

    case CONST:
    case LABEL_REF:
    case SYMBOL_REF:
      info->type = ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC;
      return (mips_symbolic_constant_p (x, &info->symbol_type)
              && mips_symbolic_address_p (info->symbol_type, mode)
              && !mips_split_p[info->symbol_type]);

    default:
      return false;
    }
}
\f
/* Return the number of instructions needed to load a symbol of the
   given type into a register.  If valid in an address, the same number
   of instructions are needed for loads and stores.  Treat extended
   mips16 instructions as two instructions.  */

static int
mips_symbol_insns (enum mips_symbol_type type)
{
  switch (type)
    {
    case SYMBOL_GENERAL:
      /* In mips16 code, general symbols must be fetched from the
         constant pool.  */
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        return 0;

      /* When using 64-bit symbols, we need 5 preparatory instructions,
         such as:

             lui     $at,%highest(symbol)
             daddiu  $at,$at,%higher(symbol)
             dsll    $at,$at,16
             daddiu  $at,$at,%hi(symbol)
             dsll    $at,$at,16

         The final address is then $at + %lo(symbol).  With 32-bit
         symbols we just need a preparatory lui.  */
      return (ABI_HAS_64BIT_SYMBOLS ? 6 : 2);

    case SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA:
      return 1;

    case SYMBOL_CONSTANT_POOL:
      /* This case is for mips16 only.  Assume we'll need an
         extended instruction.  */
      return 2;

    case SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL:
    case SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL:
      /* Unless -funit-at-a-time is in effect, we can't be sure whether
         the local/global classification is accurate.  See override_options
         for details.

         The worst cases are:

         (1) For local symbols when generating o32 or o64 code.  The assembler
             will use:

                 lw           $at,%got(symbol)
                 nop

             ...and the final address will be $at + %lo(symbol).

         (2) For global symbols when -mxgot.  The assembler will use:

                 lui     $at,%got_hi(symbol)
                 (d)addu $at,$at,$gp

             ...and the final address will be $at + %got_lo(symbol).  */
      return 3;

    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL:
    case SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP:
      /* Check whether the offset is a 16- or 32-bit value.  */
      return mips_split_p[type] ? 2 : 1;
    }
  abort ();
}


/* Return true if a value at OFFSET bytes from BASE can be accessed
   using an unextended mips16 instruction.  MODE is the mode of the
   value.

   Usually the offset in an unextended instruction is a 5-bit field.
   The offset is unsigned and shifted left once for HIs, twice
   for SIs, and so on.  An exception is SImode accesses off the
   stack pointer, which have an 8-bit immediate field.  */

static bool
mips16_unextended_reference_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx base, rtx offset)
{
  if (TARGET_MIPS16
      && GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT
      && INTVAL (offset) >= 0
      && (INTVAL (offset) & (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1)) == 0)
    {
      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 4 && base == stack_pointer_rtx)
        return INTVAL (offset) < 256 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
      return INTVAL (offset) < 32 * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
    }
  return false;
}


/* Return the number of instructions needed to load or store a value
   of mode MODE at X.  Return 0 if X isn't valid for MODE.

   For mips16 code, count extended instructions as two instructions.  */

int
mips_address_insns (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  struct mips_address_info addr;
  int factor;

  /* Each word of a multi-word value will be accessed individually.  */
  factor = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
  if (mips_classify_address (&addr, x, mode, false))
    switch (addr.type)
      {
      case ADDRESS_REG:
        if (TARGET_MIPS16
            && !mips16_unextended_reference_p (mode, addr.reg, addr.offset))
          return factor * 2;
        return factor;

      case ADDRESS_LO_SUM:
        return (TARGET_MIPS16 ? factor * 2 : factor);

      case ADDRESS_CONST_INT:
        return factor;

      case ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC:
        return factor * mips_symbol_insns (addr.symbol_type);
      }
  return 0;
}


/* Likewise for constant X.  */

int
mips_const_insns (rtx x)
{
  struct mips_integer_op codes[MIPS_MAX_INTEGER_OPS];
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

  switch (GET_CODE (x))
    {
    case CONSTANT_P_RTX:
      return 1;

    case HIGH:
      if (TARGET_MIPS16
          || !mips_symbolic_constant_p (XEXP (x, 0), &symbol_type)
          || !mips_split_p[symbol_type])
        return 0;

      return 1;

    case CONST_INT:
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        /* Unsigned 8-bit constants can be loaded using an unextended
           LI instruction.  Unsigned 16-bit constants can be loaded
           using an extended LI.  Negative constants must be loaded
           using LI and then negated.  */
        return (INTVAL (x) >= 0 && INTVAL (x) < 256 ? 1
                : SMALL_OPERAND_UNSIGNED (INTVAL (x)) ? 2
                : INTVAL (x) > -256 && INTVAL (x) < 0 ? 2
                : SMALL_OPERAND_UNSIGNED (-INTVAL (x)) ? 3
                : 0);

      return mips_build_integer (codes, INTVAL (x));

    case CONST_DOUBLE:
      return (!TARGET_MIPS16 && x == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x)) ? 1 : 0);

    case CONST:
      if (CONST_GP_P (x))
        return 1;

      /* See if we can refer to X directly.  */
      if (mips_symbolic_constant_p (x, &symbol_type))
        return mips_symbol_insns (symbol_type);

      /* Otherwise try splitting the constant into a base and offset.
         16-bit offsets can be added using an extra addiu.  Larger offsets
         must be calculated separately and then added to the base.  */
      mips_split_const (x, &x, &offset);
      if (offset != 0)
        {
          int n = mips_const_insns (x);
          if (n != 0)
            {
              if (SMALL_OPERAND (offset))
                return n + 1;
              else
                return n + 1 + mips_build_integer (codes, offset);
            }
        }
      return 0;

    case SYMBOL_REF:
    case LABEL_REF:
      return mips_symbol_insns (mips_classify_symbol (x));

    default:
      return 0;
    }
}


/* Return the number of instructions needed for memory reference X.
   Count extended mips16 instructions as two instructions.  */

int
mips_fetch_insns (rtx x)
{
  if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
    abort ();

  return mips_address_insns (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x));
}


/* Return truth value of whether OP can be used as an operands
   where a register or 16 bit unsigned integer is needed.  */

int
uns_arith_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT_UNSIGNED (op))
    return 1;

  return register_operand (op, mode);
}


/* True if OP can be treated as a signed 16-bit constant.  */

int
const_arith_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (op);
}


/* Return true if OP is a register operand or a signed 16-bit constant.  */

int
arith_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return const_arith_operand (op, mode) || register_operand (op, mode);
}

/* Return truth value of whether OP is an integer which fits in 16 bits.  */

int
small_int (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (op));
}

/* Return truth value of whether OP is a register or the constant 0.
   Do not accept 0 in mips16 mode since $0 is not one of the core 8
   registers.  */

int
reg_or_0_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  switch (GET_CODE (op))
    {
    case CONST_INT:
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        return 0;
      return INTVAL (op) == 0;

    case CONST_DOUBLE:
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        return 0;
      return op == CONST0_RTX (mode);

    default:
      return register_operand (op, mode);
    }
}

/* Accept a register or the floating point constant 1 in the appropriate mode.  */

int
reg_or_const_float_1_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;

  switch (GET_CODE (op))
    {
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
      if (mode != GET_MODE (op)
          || (mode != DFmode && mode != SFmode))
        return 0;

      REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, op);
      return REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst1);

    default:
      return register_operand (op, mode);
    }
}

/* Accept the floating point constant 1 in the appropriate mode.  */

int
const_float_1_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;

  if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_DOUBLE
      || mode != GET_MODE (op)
      || (mode != DFmode && mode != SFmode))
    return 0;

  REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, op);

  return REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst1);
}

/* Return true if OP is either the HI or LO register.  */

int
hilo_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return ((mode == VOIDmode || mode == GET_MODE (op))
          && REG_P (op) && MD_REG_P (REGNO (op)));
}

/* Return true if OP is an extension operator.  */

int
extend_operator (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return ((mode == VOIDmode || mode == GET_MODE (op))
          && (GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND || GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND));
}

/* Return nonzero if the code of this rtx pattern is EQ or NE.  */

int
equality_op (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (mode != GET_MODE (op))
    return 0;

  return GET_CODE (op) == EQ || GET_CODE (op) == NE;
}

/* Return nonzero if the code is a relational operations (EQ, LE, etc.) */

int
cmp_op (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (mode != GET_MODE (op))
    return 0;

  return GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (op)) == '<';
}

/* Return nonzero if the code is a relational operation suitable for a
   conditional trap instruction (only EQ, NE, LT, LTU, GE, GEU).
   We need this in the insn that expands `trap_if' in order to prevent
   combine from erroneously altering the condition.  */

int
trap_cmp_op (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (mode != GET_MODE (op))
    return 0;

  switch (GET_CODE (op))
    {
    case EQ:
    case NE:
    case LT:
    case LTU:
    case GE:
    case GEU:
      return 1;

    default:
      return 0;
    }
}

/* Return nonzero if the operand is either the PC or a label_ref.  */

int
pc_or_label_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (op == pc_rtx)
    return 1;

  if (GET_CODE (op) == LABEL_REF)
    return 1;

  return 0;
}

/* Test for a valid call address.  */

int
call_insn_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  if (mips_symbolic_constant_p (op, &symbol_type))
    switch (symbol_type)
      {
      case SYMBOL_GENERAL:
        /* If -mlong-calls, force all calls to use register addressing.  */
        return !TARGET_LONG_CALLS;

      case SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL:
        /* Without explicit relocs, there is no special syntax for
           loading the address of a call destination into a register.
           Using "la $25,foo; jal $25" would prevent the lazy binding
           of "foo", so keep the address of global symbols with the
           jal macro.  */
        return !TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS;

      default:
        return false;
      }
  return register_operand (op, mode);
}


/* Return nonzero if OP is valid as a source operand for a move
   instruction.  */

int
move_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  if (!general_operand (op, mode))
    return false;

  switch (GET_CODE (op))
    {
    case CONST_INT:
      /* When generating mips16 code, LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P rejects
         CONST_INTs that can't be loaded using simple insns.  */
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        return true;

      /* Otherwise check whether the constant can be loaded in a single
         instruction.  */
      return LUI_INT (op) || SMALL_INT (op) || SMALL_INT_UNSIGNED (op);

    case CONST:
    case SYMBOL_REF:
    case LABEL_REF:
      if (CONST_GP_P (op))
        return true;

      return (mips_symbolic_constant_p (op, &symbol_type)
              && !mips_split_p[symbol_type]);

    default:
      return true;
    }
}


/* Accept any operand that can appear in a mips16 constant table
   instruction.  We can't use any of the standard operand functions
   because for these instructions we accept values that are not
   accepted by LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT, such as arbitrary SYMBOL_REFs.  */

int
consttable_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return CONSTANT_P (op);
}

/* Return 1 if OP is a symbolic operand, i.e. a symbol_ref or a label_ref,
   possibly with an offset.  */

int
symbolic_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  return mips_symbolic_constant_p (op, &symbol_type);
}


/* Return true if we're generating PIC and OP is a global symbol.  */

int
global_got_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  return ((mode == VOIDmode || mode == GET_MODE (op))
          && mips_symbolic_constant_p (op, &symbol_type)
          && symbol_type == SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL);
}


/* Likewise for local symbols.  */

int
local_got_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  return ((mode == VOIDmode || mode == GET_MODE (op))
          && mips_symbolic_constant_p (op, &symbol_type)
          && symbol_type == SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL);
}


/* Return true if OP is a memory reference that uses the stack pointer
   as a base register.  */

int
stack_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  struct mips_address_info addr;

  return ((mode == VOIDmode || mode == GET_MODE (op))
          && GET_CODE (op) == MEM
          && mips_classify_address (&addr, XEXP (op, 0), GET_MODE (op), false)
          && addr.type == ADDRESS_REG
          && addr.reg == stack_pointer_rtx);
}


/* This function is used to implement GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS.  It
   returns a nonzero value if X is a legitimate address for a memory
   operand of the indicated MODE.  STRICT is nonzero if this function
   is called during reload.  */

bool
mips_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int strict)
{
  struct mips_address_info addr;

  return mips_classify_address (&addr, x, mode, strict);
}


/* Copy VALUE to a register and return that register.  If new psuedos
   are allowed, copy it into a new register, otherwise use DEST.  */

static rtx
mips_force_temporary (rtx dest, rtx value)
{
  if (!no_new_pseudos)
    return force_reg (Pmode, value);
  else
    {
      emit_move_insn (copy_rtx (dest), value);
      return dest;
    }
}


/* Return a LO_SUM expression for ADDR.  TEMP is as for mips_force_temporary
   and is used to load the high part into a register.  */

static rtx
mips_split_symbol (rtx temp, rtx addr)
{
  rtx high;

  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    high = mips16_gp_pseudo_reg ();
  else
    high = mips_force_temporary (temp, gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode, copy_rtx (addr)));
  return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, high, addr);
}


/* Return an UNSPEC address with underlying address ADDRESS and symbol
   type SYMBOL_TYPE.  */

static rtx
mips_unspec_address (rtx address, enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type)
{
  rtx base;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

  mips_split_const (address, &base, &offset);
  base = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, base),
                         UNSPEC_ADDRESS_FIRST + symbol_type);
  return plus_constant (gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, base), offset);
}


/* If mips_unspec_address (ADDR, SYMBOL_TYPE) is a 32-bit value, add the
   high part to BASE and return the result.  Just return BASE otherwise.

   The returned expression can be used as the first operand to a LO_SUM.  */

static rtx
mips_unspec_offset_high (rtx base, rtx addr, enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type)
{
  if (mips_split_p[symbol_type])
    {
      addr = gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode, mips_unspec_address (addr, symbol_type));
      base = force_reg (Pmode, expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, base, addr,
                                                    NULL, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN));
    }
  return base;
}


/* Return a memory reference for the GOT slot whose offset is given by
   mips_unspec_address (ADDR, SYMBOL_TYPE).  Register BASE contains the
   high part of the offset plus $gp.  */

static rtx
mips_load_got (rtx base, rtx addr, enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type)
{
  rtx mem, offset;

  offset = mips_unspec_address (addr, symbol_type);
  mem = gen_rtx_MEM (ptr_mode, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, base, offset));
  set_mem_alias_set (mem, mips_got_alias_set);

  /* GOT entries are constant and references to them can't trap.  */
  RTX_UNCHANGING_P (mem) = 1;
  MEM_NOTRAP_P (mem) = 1;

  return mem;
}


/* Return the offset of ADDR's GOT entry from _gp.  ADDR is a
   global_got_operand.  */

rtx
mips_gotoff_global (rtx addr)
{
  return mips_unspec_address (addr, SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL);
}


/* Fetch the high part of local_got_operand ADDR from the GOT.  */

rtx
mips_load_got_page (rtx addr)
{
  return mips_load_got (pic_offset_table_rtx, addr, SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE);
}


/* Fetch the address of global_got_operand ADDR from the GOT.  BASE is a
   register that holds the address _gp + %got_hi(ADDR).  */

rtx
mips_load_got_global (rtx base, rtx addr)
{
  return mips_load_got (base, addr, SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL);
}


/* Return a legitimate address for REG + OFFSET.  This function will
   create a temporary register if OFFSET is not a SMALL_OPERAND.  */

static rtx
mips_add_offset (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
{
  if (!SMALL_OPERAND (offset))
    reg = expand_simple_binop (GET_MODE (reg), PLUS,
                               GEN_INT (CONST_HIGH_PART (offset)),
                               reg, NULL, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN);

  return plus_constant (reg, CONST_LOW_PART (offset));
}


/* This function is used to implement LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS.  If *XLOC can
   be legitimized in a way that the generic machinery might not expect,
   put the new address in *XLOC and return true.  MODE is the mode of
   the memory being accessed.  */

bool
mips_legitimize_address (rtx *xloc, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  /* See if the address can split into a high part and a LO_SUM.  */
  if (mips_symbolic_constant_p (*xloc, &symbol_type)
      && mips_symbolic_address_p (symbol_type, mode)
      && mips_split_p[symbol_type])
    {
      *xloc = mips_split_symbol (0, *xloc);
      return true;
    }

  if (GET_CODE (*xloc) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (*xloc, 1)) == CONST_INT)
    {
      /* Handle REG + CONSTANT using mips_add_offset.  */
      rtx reg;

      reg = XEXP (*xloc, 0);
      if (!mips_valid_base_register_p (reg, mode, 0))
        reg = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, reg);
      *xloc = mips_add_offset (reg, INTVAL (XEXP (*xloc, 1)));
      return true;
    }

  return false;
}


/* Subroutine of mips_build_integer (with the same interface).
   Assume that the final action in the sequence should be a left shift.  */

static unsigned int
mips_build_shift (struct mips_integer_op *codes, HOST_WIDE_INT value)
{
  unsigned int i, shift;

  /* Shift VALUE right until its lowest bit is set.  Shift arithmetically
     since signed numbers are easier to load than unsigned ones.  */
  shift = 0;
  while ((value & 1) == 0)
    value /= 2, shift++;

  i = mips_build_integer (codes, value);
  codes[i].code = ASHIFT;
  codes[i].value = shift;
  return i + 1;
}


/* As for mips_build_shift, but assume that the final action will be
   an IOR or PLUS operation.  */

static unsigned int
mips_build_lower (struct mips_integer_op *codes, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
{
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high;
  unsigned int i;

  high = value & ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0xffff;
  if (!LUI_OPERAND (high) && (value & 0x18000) == 0x18000)
    {
      /* The constant is too complex to load with a simple lui/ori pair
         so our goal is to clear as many trailing zeros as possible.
         In this case, we know bit 16 is set and that the low 16 bits
         form a negative number.  If we subtract that number from VALUE,
         we will clear at least the lowest 17 bits, maybe more.  */
      i = mips_build_integer (codes, CONST_HIGH_PART (value));
      codes[i].code = PLUS;
      codes[i].value = CONST_LOW_PART (value);
    }
  else
    {
      i = mips_build_integer (codes, high);
      codes[i].code = IOR;
      codes[i].value = value & 0xffff;
    }
  return i + 1;
}


/* Fill CODES with a sequence of rtl operations to load VALUE.
   Return the number of operations needed.  */

static unsigned int
mips_build_integer (struct mips_integer_op *codes,
                    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
{
  if (SMALL_OPERAND (value)
      || SMALL_OPERAND_UNSIGNED (value)
      || LUI_OPERAND (value))
    {
      /* The value can be loaded with a single instruction.  */
      codes[0].code = NIL;
      codes[0].value = value;
      return 1;
    }
  else if ((value & 1) != 0 || LUI_OPERAND (CONST_HIGH_PART (value)))
    {
      /* Either the constant is a simple LUI/ORI combination or its
         lowest bit is set.  We don't want to shift in this case.  */
      return mips_build_lower (codes, value);
    }
  else if ((value & 0xffff) == 0)
    {
      /* The constant will need at least three actions.  The lowest
         16 bits are clear, so the final action will be a shift.  */
      return mips_build_shift (codes, value);
    }
  else
    {
      /* The final action could be a shift, add or inclusive OR.
         Rather than use a complex condition to select the best
         approach, try both mips_build_shift and mips_build_lower
         and pick the one that gives the shortest sequence.
         Note that this case is only used once per constant.  */
      struct mips_integer_op alt_codes[MIPS_MAX_INTEGER_OPS];
      unsigned int cost, alt_cost;

      cost = mips_build_shift (codes, value);
      alt_cost = mips_build_lower (alt_codes, value);
      if (alt_cost < cost)
        {
          memcpy (codes, alt_codes, alt_cost * sizeof (codes[0]));
          cost = alt_cost;
        }
      return cost;
    }
}


/* Move VALUE into register DEST.  */

static void
mips_move_integer (rtx dest, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
{
  struct mips_integer_op codes[MIPS_MAX_INTEGER_OPS];
  enum machine_mode mode;
  unsigned int i, cost;
  rtx x;

  mode = GET_MODE (dest);
  cost = mips_build_integer (codes, value);

  /* Apply each binary operation to X.  Invariant: X is a legitimate
     source operand for a SET pattern.  */
  x = GEN_INT (codes[0].value);
  for (i = 1; i < cost; i++)
    {
      if (no_new_pseudos)
        emit_move_insn (dest, x), x = dest;
      else
        x = force_reg (mode, x);
      x = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (codes[i].code, mode, x, GEN_INT (codes[i].value));
    }

  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, x));
}


/* Subroutine of mips_legitimize_move.  Move constant SRC into register
   DEST given that SRC satisfies immediate_operand but doesn't satisfy
   move_operand.  */

static void
mips_legitimize_const_move (enum machine_mode mode, rtx dest, rtx src)
{
  rtx base;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  /* Split moves of big integers into smaller pieces.  In mips16 code,
     it's better to force the constant into memory instead.  */
  if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT && !TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      mips_move_integer (dest, INTVAL (src));
      return;
    }

  /* See if the symbol can be split.  For mips16, this is often worse than
     forcing it in the constant pool since it needs the single-register form
     of addiu or daddiu.  */
  if (!TARGET_MIPS16
      && mips_symbolic_constant_p (src, &symbol_type)
      && mips_split_p[symbol_type])
    {
      emit_move_insn (dest, mips_split_symbol (dest, src));
      return;
    }

  /* If we have (const (plus symbol offset)), load the symbol first
     and then add in the offset.  This is usually better than forcing
     the constant into memory, at least in non-mips16 code.  */
  mips_split_const (src, &base, &offset);
  if (!TARGET_MIPS16
      && offset != 0
      && (!no_new_pseudos || SMALL_OPERAND (offset)))
    {
      base = mips_force_temporary (dest, base);
      emit_move_insn (dest, mips_add_offset (base, offset));
      return;
    }

  src = force_const_mem (mode, src);

  /* When using explicit relocs, constant pool references are sometimes
     not legitimate addresses.  */
  if (!memory_operand (src, VOIDmode))
    src = replace_equiv_address (src, mips_split_symbol (dest, XEXP (src, 0)));
  emit_move_insn (dest, src);
}


/* If (set DEST SRC) is not a valid instruction, emit an equivalent
   sequence that is valid.  */

bool
mips_legitimize_move (enum machine_mode mode, rtx dest, rtx src)
{
  if (!register_operand (dest, mode) && !reg_or_0_operand (src, mode))
    {
      emit_move_insn (dest, force_reg (mode, src));
      return true;
    }

  /* The source of an SImode move must be a move_operand.  Likewise
     DImode moves on 64-bit targets.  We need to deal with constants
     that would be legitimate immediate_operands but not legitimate
     move_operands.  */
  if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
      && CONSTANT_P (src)
      && !move_operand (src, mode))
    {
      mips_legitimize_const_move (mode, dest, src);
      set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUAL, copy_rtx (src));
      return true;
    }
  return false;
}
\f
/* We need a lot of little routines to check constant values on the
   mips16.  These are used to figure out how long the instruction will
   be.  It would be much better to do this using constraints, but
   there aren't nearly enough letters available.  */

static int
m16_check_op (rtx op, int low, int high, int mask)
{
  return (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
          && INTVAL (op) >= low
          && INTVAL (op) <= high
          && (INTVAL (op) & mask) == 0);
}

int
m16_uimm3_b (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, 0x1, 0x8, 0);
}

int
m16_simm4_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0x8, 0x7, 0);
}

int
m16_nsimm4_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0x7, 0x8, 0);
}

int
m16_simm5_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0x10, 0xf, 0);
}

int
m16_nsimm5_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0xf, 0x10, 0);
}

int
m16_uimm5_4 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, (- 0x10) << 2, 0xf << 2, 3);
}

int
m16_nuimm5_4 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, (- 0xf) << 2, 0x10 << 2, 3);
}

int
m16_simm8_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0x80, 0x7f, 0);
}

int
m16_nsimm8_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0x7f, 0x80, 0);
}

int
m16_uimm8_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, 0x0, 0xff, 0);
}

int
m16_nuimm8_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0xff, 0x0, 0);
}

int
m16_uimm8_m1_1 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, - 0x1, 0xfe, 0);
}

int
m16_uimm8_4 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, 0x0, 0xff << 2, 3);
}

int
m16_nuimm8_4 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, (- 0xff) << 2, 0x0, 3);
}

int
m16_simm8_8 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, (- 0x80) << 3, 0x7f << 3, 7);
}

int
m16_nsimm8_8 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return m16_check_op (op, (- 0x7f) << 3, 0x80 << 3, 7);
}

/* References to the string table on the mips16 only use a small
   offset if the function is small.  We can't check for LABEL_REF here,
   because the offset is always large if the label is before the
   referencing instruction.  */

int
m16_usym8_4 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF
      && SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (op)
      && cfun->machine->insns_len > 0
      && (cfun->machine->insns_len + get_pool_size () + mips_string_length
          < 4 * 0x100))
    {
      struct string_constant *l;

      /* Make sure this symbol is on thelist of string constants to be
         output for this function.  It is possible that it has already
         been output, in which case this requires a large offset.  */
      for (l = string_constants; l != NULL; l = l->next)
        if (strcmp (l->label, XSTR (op, 0)) == 0)
          return 1;
    }

  return 0;
}

int
m16_usym5_4 (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF
      && SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (op)
      && cfun->machine->insns_len > 0
      && (cfun->machine->insns_len + get_pool_size () + mips_string_length
          < 4 * 0x20))
    {
      struct string_constant *l;

      /* Make sure this symbol is on thelist of string constants to be
         output for this function.  It is possible that it has already
         been output, in which case this requires a large offset.  */
      for (l = string_constants; l != NULL; l = l->next)
        if (strcmp (l->label, XSTR (op, 0)) == 0)
          return 1;
    }

  return 0;
}
\f
static bool
mips_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int *total)
{
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);

  switch (code)
    {
    case CONST_INT:
      if (!TARGET_MIPS16)
        {
          /* Always return 0, since we don't have different sized
             instructions, hence different costs according to Richard
             Kenner */
          *total = 0;
          return true;
        }

      /* A number between 1 and 8 inclusive is efficient for a shift.
         Otherwise, we will need an extended instruction.  */
      if ((outer_code) == ASHIFT || (outer_code) == ASHIFTRT
          || (outer_code) == LSHIFTRT)
        {
          if (INTVAL (x) >= 1 && INTVAL (x) <= 8)
            *total = 0;
          else
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return true;
        }

      /* We can use cmpi for an xor with an unsigned 16 bit value.  */
      if ((outer_code) == XOR
          && INTVAL (x) >= 0 && INTVAL (x) < 0x10000)
        {
          *total = 0;
          return true;
        }

      /* We may be able to use slt or sltu for a comparison with a
         signed 16 bit value.  (The boundary conditions aren't quite
         right, but this is just a heuristic anyhow.)  */
      if (((outer_code) == LT || (outer_code) == LE
           || (outer_code) == GE || (outer_code) == GT
           || (outer_code) == LTU || (outer_code) == LEU
           || (outer_code) == GEU || (outer_code) == GTU)
          && INTVAL (x) >= -0x8000 && INTVAL (x) < 0x8000)
        {
          *total = 0;
          return true;
        }

      /* Equality comparisons with 0 are cheap.  */
      if (((outer_code) == EQ || (outer_code) == NE)
          && INTVAL (x) == 0)
        {
          *total = 0;
          return true;
        }

      /* Otherwise fall through to the handling below.  */

    case CONST:
    case SYMBOL_REF:
    case LABEL_REF:
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
      if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x))
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
          return true;
        }
      else
        {
          /* The value will need to be fetched from the constant pool.  */
          *total = CONSTANT_POOL_COST;
          return true;
        }

    case MEM:
      {
        /* If the address is legitimate, return the number of
           instructions it needs, otherwise use the default handling.  */
        int n = mips_address_insns (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x));
        if (n > 0)
          {
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1 + n);
            return true;
          }
        return false;
      }

    case FFS:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (6);
      return true;

    case NOT:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS ((mode == DImode && !TARGET_64BIT) ? 2 : 1);
      return true;

    case AND:
    case IOR:
    case XOR:
      if (mode == DImode && !TARGET_64BIT)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          return true;
        }
      return false;

    case ASHIFT:
    case ASHIFTRT:
    case LSHIFTRT:
      if (mode == DImode && !TARGET_64BIT)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                                  ? 4 : 12);
          return true;
        }
      return false;

    case ABS:
      if (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
      return true;

    case LO_SUM:
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      return true;

    case PLUS:
    case MINUS:
      if (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode)
        {
          if (TUNE_MIPS3000 || TUNE_MIPS3900)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
          else if (TUNE_MIPS6000)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (3);
          else
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (6);
          return true;
        }
      if (mode == DImode && !TARGET_64BIT)
        {
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
          return true;
        }
      return false;

    case NEG:
      if (mode == DImode && !TARGET_64BIT)
        {
          *total = 4;
          return true;
        }
      return false;

    case MULT:
      if (mode == SFmode)
        {
          if (TUNE_MIPS3000
              || TUNE_MIPS3900
              || TUNE_MIPS5000)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4);
          else if (TUNE_MIPS6000
                   || TUNE_MIPS5400
                   || TUNE_MIPS5500)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
          else
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (7);
          return true;
        }

      if (mode == DFmode)
        {
          if (TUNE_MIPS3000
              || TUNE_MIPS3900
              || TUNE_MIPS5000)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
          else if (TUNE_MIPS6000
                   || TUNE_MIPS5400
                   || TUNE_MIPS5500)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (6);
          else
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (8);
          return true;
        }

      if (TUNE_MIPS3000)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (12);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS3900)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS5400 || TUNE_MIPS5500)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS ((mode == DImode) ? 4 : 3);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS7000)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (mode == DImode ? 9 : 5);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS9000)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (mode == DImode ? 8 : 3);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS6000)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (17);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS5000)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (10);
      return true;

    case DIV:
    case MOD:
      if (mode == SFmode)
        {
          if (TUNE_MIPS3000
              || TUNE_MIPS3900)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (12);
          else if (TUNE_MIPS6000)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (15);
          else if (TUNE_MIPS5400 || TUNE_MIPS5500)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (30);
          else
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (23);
          return true;
        }

      if (mode == DFmode)
        {
          if (TUNE_MIPS3000
              || TUNE_MIPS3900)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (19);
          else if (TUNE_MIPS5400 || TUNE_MIPS5500)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (59);
          else if (TUNE_MIPS6000)
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (16);
          else
            *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (36);
          return true;
        }
      /* Fall through.  */

    case UDIV:
    case UMOD:
      if (TUNE_MIPS3000
          || TUNE_MIPS3900)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (35);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS6000)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (38);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS5000)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (36);
      else if (TUNE_MIPS5400 || TUNE_MIPS5500)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS ((mode == SImode) ? 42 : 74);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (69);
      return true;

    case SIGN_EXTEND:
      /* A sign extend from SImode to DImode in 64 bit mode is often
         zero instructions, because the result can often be used
         directly by another instruction; we'll call it one.  */
      if (TARGET_64BIT && mode == DImode
          && GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SImode)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      return true;

    case ZERO_EXTEND:
      if (TARGET_64BIT && mode == DImode
          && GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SImode)
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
      else
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
      return true;

    default:
      return false;
    }
}

/* Provide the costs of an addressing mode that contains ADDR.
   If ADDR is not a valid address, its cost is irrelevant.  */

static int
mips_address_cost (rtx addr)
{
  return mips_address_insns (addr, SImode);
}
\f
/* Return a pseudo that points to the address of the current function.
   The first time it is called for a function, an initializer for the
   pseudo is emitted in the beginning of the function.  */

rtx
embedded_pic_fnaddr_reg (void)
{
  if (cfun->machine->embedded_pic_fnaddr_rtx == NULL)
    {
      rtx seq;

      cfun->machine->embedded_pic_fnaddr_rtx = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);

      /* Output code at function start to initialize the pseudo-reg.  */
      /* ??? We used to do this in FINALIZE_PIC, but that does not work for
         inline functions, because it is called after RTL for the function
         has been copied.  The pseudo-reg in embedded_pic_fnaddr_rtx however
         does not get copied, and ends up not matching the rest of the RTL.
         This solution works, but means that we get unnecessary code to
         initialize this value every time a function is inlined into another
         function.  */
      start_sequence ();
      emit_insn (gen_get_fnaddr (cfun->machine->embedded_pic_fnaddr_rtx,
                                 XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0)));
      seq = get_insns ();
      end_sequence ();
      push_topmost_sequence ();
      emit_insn_after (seq, get_insns ());
      pop_topmost_sequence ();
    }

  return cfun->machine->embedded_pic_fnaddr_rtx;
}

/* Return RTL for the offset from the current function to the argument.
   X is the symbol whose offset from the current function we want.  */

rtx
embedded_pic_offset (rtx x)
{
  /* Make sure it is emitted.  */
  embedded_pic_fnaddr_reg ();

  return
    gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode,
                   gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, x,
                                  XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0)));
}
\f
/* Return one word of double-word value OP, taking into account the fixed
   endianness of certain registers.  HIGH_P is true to select the high part,
   false to select the low part.  */

rtx
mips_subword (rtx op, int high_p)
{
  unsigned int byte;
  enum machine_mode mode;

  mode = GET_MODE (op);
  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    mode = DImode;

  if (TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN ? !high_p : high_p)
    byte = UNITS_PER_WORD;
  else
    byte = 0;

  if (GET_CODE (op) == REG)
    {
      if (FP_REG_P (REGNO (op)))
        return gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, high_p ? REGNO (op) + 1 : REGNO (op));
      if (REGNO (op) == HI_REGNUM)
        return gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, high_p ? HI_REGNUM : LO_REGNUM);
    }

  if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
    return mips_rewrite_small_data (adjust_address (op, word_mode, byte));

  return simplify_gen_subreg (word_mode, op, mode, byte);
}


/* Return true if a 64-bit move from SRC to DEST should be split into two.  */

bool
mips_split_64bit_move_p (rtx dest, rtx src)
{
  if (TARGET_64BIT)
    return false;

  /* FP->FP moves can be done in a single instruction.  */
  if (FP_REG_RTX_P (src) && FP_REG_RTX_P (dest))
    return false;

  /* Check for floating-point loads and stores.  They can be done using
     ldc1 and sdc1 on MIPS II and above.  */
  if (mips_isa > 1)
    {
      if (FP_REG_RTX_P (dest) && GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
        return false;
      if (FP_REG_RTX_P (src) && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
        return false;
    }
  return true;
}


/* Split a 64-bit move from SRC to DEST assuming that
   mips_split_64bit_move_p holds.

   Moves into and out of FPRs cause some difficulty here.  Such moves
   will always be DFmode, since paired FPRs are not allowed to store
   DImode values.  The most natural representation would be two separate
   32-bit moves, such as:

        (set (reg:SI $f0) (mem:SI ...))
        (set (reg:SI $f1) (mem:SI ...))

   However, the second insn is invalid because odd-numbered FPRs are
   not allowed to store independent values.  Use the patterns load_df_low,
   load_df_high and store_df_high instead.  */

void
mips_split_64bit_move (rtx dest, rtx src)
{
  if (FP_REG_RTX_P (dest))
    {
      /* Loading an FPR from memory or from GPRs.  */
      emit_insn (gen_load_df_low (copy_rtx (dest), mips_subword (src, 0)));
      emit_insn (gen_load_df_high (dest, mips_subword (src, 1),
                                   copy_rtx (dest)));
    }
  else if (FP_REG_RTX_P (src))
    {
      /* Storing an FPR into memory or GPRs.  */
      emit_move_insn (mips_subword (dest, 0), mips_subword (src, 0));
      emit_insn (gen_store_df_high (mips_subword (dest, 1), src));
    }
  else
    {
      /* The operation can be split into two normal moves.  Decide in
         which order to do them.  */
      rtx low_dest;

      low_dest = mips_subword (dest, 0);
      if (GET_CODE (low_dest) == REG
          && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (low_dest, src))
        {
          emit_move_insn (mips_subword (dest, 1), mips_subword (src, 1));
          emit_move_insn (low_dest, mips_subword (src, 0));
        }
      else
        {
          emit_move_insn (low_dest, mips_subword (src, 0));
          emit_move_insn (mips_subword (dest, 1), mips_subword (src, 1));
        }
    }
}
\f
/* Return the appropriate instructions to move SRC into DEST.  Assume
   that SRC is operand 1 and DEST is operand 0.  */

const char *
mips_output_move (rtx dest, rtx src)
{
  enum rtx_code dest_code, src_code;
  bool dbl_p;

  dest_code = GET_CODE (dest);
  src_code = GET_CODE (src);
  dbl_p = (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) == 8);

  if (dbl_p && mips_split_64bit_move_p (dest, src))
    return "#";

  if ((src_code == REG && GP_REG_P (REGNO (src)))
      || (!TARGET_MIPS16 && src == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (dest))))
    {
      if (dest_code == REG)
        {
          if (GP_REG_P (REGNO (dest)))
            return "move\t%0,%z1";

          if (MD_REG_P (REGNO (dest)))
            return "mt%0\t%z1";

          if (FP_REG_P (REGNO (dest)))
            return (dbl_p ? "dmtc1\t%z1,%0" : "mtc1\t%z1,%0");

          if (ALL_COP_REG_P (REGNO (dest)))
            {
              static char retval[] = "dmtc_\t%z1,%0";

              retval[4] = COPNUM_AS_CHAR_FROM_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
              return (dbl_p ? retval : retval + 1);
            }
        }
      if (dest_code == MEM)
        return (dbl_p ? "sd\t%z1,%0" : "sw\t%z1,%0");
    }
  if (dest_code == REG && GP_REG_P (REGNO (dest)))
    {
      if (src_code == REG)
        {
          if (MD_REG_P (REGNO (src)))
            return "mf%1\t%0";

          if (ST_REG_P (REGNO (src)) && ISA_HAS_8CC)
            return "lui\t%0,0x3f80\n\tmovf\t%0,%.,%1";

          if (FP_REG_P (REGNO (src)))
            return (dbl_p ? "dmfc1\t%0,%1" : "mfc1\t%0,%1");

          if (ALL_COP_REG_P (REGNO (src)))
            {
              static char retval[] = "dmfc_\t%0,%1";

              retval[4] = COPNUM_AS_CHAR_FROM_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
              return (dbl_p ? retval : retval + 1);
            }
        }

      if (src_code == MEM)
        return (dbl_p ? "ld\t%0,%1" : "lw\t%0,%1");

      if (src_code == CONST_INT)
        {
          /* Don't use the X format, because that will give out of
             range numbers for 64 bit hosts and 32 bit targets.  */
          if (!TARGET_MIPS16)
            return "li\t%0,%1\t\t\t# %X1";

          if (INTVAL (src) >= 0 && INTVAL (src) <= 0xffff)
            return "li\t%0,%1";

          if (INTVAL (src) < 0 && INTVAL (src) >= -0xffff)
            return "li\t%0,%n1\n\tneg\t%0";
        }

      if (src_code == HIGH)
        return "lui\t%0,%h1";

      if (CONST_GP_P (src))
        return "move\t%0,%1";

      if (symbolic_operand (src, VOIDmode))
        return (dbl_p ? "dla\t%0,%1" : "la\t%0,%1");
    }
  if (src_code == REG && FP_REG_P (REGNO (src)))
    {
      if (dest_code == REG && FP_REG_P (REGNO (dest)))
        return (dbl_p ? "mov.d\t%0,%1" : "mov.s\t%0,%1");

      if (dest_code == MEM)
        return (dbl_p ? "sdc1\t%1,%0" : "swc1\t%1,%0");
    }
  if (dest_code == REG && FP_REG_P (REGNO (dest)))
    {
      if (src_code == MEM)
        return (dbl_p ? "ldc1\t%0,%1" : "lwc1\t%0,%1");
    }
  if (dest_code == REG && ALL_COP_REG_P (REGNO (dest)) && src_code == MEM)
    {
      static char retval[] = "l_c_\t%0,%1";

      retval[1] = (dbl_p ? 'd' : 'w');
      retval[3] = COPNUM_AS_CHAR_FROM_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
      return retval;
    }
  if (dest_code == MEM && src_code == REG && ALL_COP_REG_P (REGNO (src)))
    {
      static char retval[] = "s_c_\t%1,%0";

      retval[1] = (dbl_p ? 'd' : 'w');
      retval[3] = COPNUM_AS_CHAR_FROM_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
      return retval;
    }
  abort ();
}
\f
/* Return an rtx for the gp save slot.  Valid only when using o32 or
   o64 abicalls.  */

rtx
mips_gp_save_slot (void)
{
  rtx loc;

  if (!TARGET_ABICALLS || TARGET_NEWABI)
    abort ();

  if (frame_pointer_needed)
    loc = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
  else
    loc = stack_pointer_rtx;
  loc = plus_constant (loc, current_function_outgoing_args_size);
  loc = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, loc);
  RTX_UNCHANGING_P (loc) = 1;
  return loc;
}
\f
/* Make normal rtx_code into something we can index from an array */

static enum internal_test
map_test_to_internal_test (enum rtx_code test_code)
{
  enum internal_test test = ITEST_MAX;

  switch (test_code)
    {
    case EQ:  test = ITEST_EQ;  break;
    case NE:  test = ITEST_NE;  break;
    case GT:  test = ITEST_GT;  break;
    case GE:  test = ITEST_GE;  break;
    case LT:  test = ITEST_LT;  break;
    case LE:  test = ITEST_LE;  break;
    case GTU: test = ITEST_GTU; break;
    case GEU: test = ITEST_GEU; break;
    case LTU: test = ITEST_LTU; break;
    case LEU: test = ITEST_LEU; break;
    default:                    break;
    }

  return test;
}

\f
/* Generate the code to compare two integer values.  The return value is:
   (reg:SI xx)          The pseudo register the comparison is in
   0                    No register, generate a simple branch.

   ??? This is called with result nonzero by the Scond patterns in
   mips.md.  These patterns are called with a target in the mode of
   the Scond instruction pattern.  Since this must be a constant, we
   must use SImode.  This means that if RESULT is nonzero, it will
   always be an SImode register, even if TARGET_64BIT is true.  We
   cope with this by calling convert_move rather than emit_move_insn.
   This will sometimes lead to an unnecessary extension of the result;
   for example:

   long long
   foo (long long i)
   {
     return i < 5;
   }

   TEST_CODE is the rtx code for the comparison.
   CMP0 and CMP1 are the two operands to compare.
   RESULT is the register in which the result should be stored (null for
     branches).
   For branches, P_INVERT points to an integer that is nonzero on return
     if the branch should be inverted.  */

rtx
gen_int_relational (enum rtx_code test_code, rtx result, rtx cmp0,
                    rtx cmp1, int *p_invert)
{
  struct cmp_info
  {
    enum rtx_code test_code;    /* code to use in instruction (LT vs. LTU) */
    int const_low;              /* low bound of constant we can accept */
    int const_high;             /* high bound of constant we can accept */
    int const_add;              /* constant to add (convert LE -> LT) */
    int reverse_regs;           /* reverse registers in test */
    int invert_const;           /* != 0 if invert value if cmp1 is constant */
    int invert_reg;             /* != 0 if invert value if cmp1 is register */
    int unsignedp;              /* != 0 for unsigned comparisons.  */
  };

  static const struct cmp_info info[ (int)ITEST_MAX ] = {

    { XOR,       0,  65535,  0,  0,  0,  0, 0 },        /* EQ  */
    { XOR,       0,  65535,  0,  0,  1,  1, 0 },        /* NE  */
    { LT,   -32769,  32766,  1,  1,  1,  0, 0 },        /* GT  */
    { LT,   -32768,  32767,  0,  0,  1,  1, 0 },        /* GE  */
    { LT,   -32768,  32767,  0,  0,  0,  0, 0 },        /* LT  */
    { LT,   -32769,  32766,  1,  1,  0,  1, 0 },        /* LE  */
    { LTU,  -32769,  32766,  1,  1,  1,  0, 1 },        /* GTU */
    { LTU,  -32768,  32767,  0,  0,  1,  1, 1 },        /* GEU */
    { LTU,  -32768,  32767,  0,  0,  0,  0, 1 },        /* LTU */
    { LTU,  -32769,  32766,  1,  1,  0,  1, 1 },        /* LEU */
  };

  enum internal_test test;
  enum machine_mode mode;
  const struct cmp_info *p_info;
  int branch_p;
  int eqne_p;
  int invert;
  rtx reg;
  rtx reg2;

  test = map_test_to_internal_test (test_code);
  if (test == ITEST_MAX)
    abort ();

  p_info = &info[(int) test];
  eqne_p = (p_info->test_code == XOR);

  mode = GET_MODE (cmp0);
  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    mode = GET_MODE (cmp1);

  /* Eliminate simple branches */
  branch_p = (result == 0);
  if (branch_p)
    {
      if (GET_CODE (cmp0) == REG || GET_CODE (cmp0) == SUBREG)
        {
          /* Comparisons against zero are simple branches */
          if (GET_CODE (cmp1) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (cmp1) == 0
              && (! TARGET_MIPS16 || eqne_p))
            return 0;

          /* Test for beq/bne.  */
          if (eqne_p && ! TARGET_MIPS16)
            return 0;
        }

      /* Allocate a pseudo to calculate the value in.  */
      result = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
    }

  /* Make sure we can handle any constants given to us.  */
  if (GET_CODE (cmp0) == CONST_INT)
    cmp0 = force_reg (mode, cmp0);

  if (GET_CODE (cmp1) == CONST_INT)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (cmp1);

      if (value < p_info->const_low
          || value > p_info->const_high
          /* ??? Why?  And why wasn't the similar code below modified too?  */
          || (TARGET_64BIT
              && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT < 64
              && p_info->const_add != 0
              && ((p_info->unsignedp
                   ? ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (value + p_info->const_add)
                      > (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (cmp1))
                   : (value + p_info->const_add) > INTVAL (cmp1))
                  != (p_info->const_add > 0))))
        cmp1 = force_reg (mode, cmp1);
    }

  /* See if we need to invert the result.  */
  invert = (GET_CODE (cmp1) == CONST_INT
            ? p_info->invert_const : p_info->invert_reg);

  if (p_invert != (int *)0)
    {
      *p_invert = invert;
      invert = 0;
    }

  /* Comparison to constants, may involve adding 1 to change a LT into LE.
     Comparison between two registers, may involve switching operands.  */
  if (GET_CODE (cmp1) == CONST_INT)
    {
      if (p_info->const_add != 0)
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT new = INTVAL (cmp1) + p_info->const_add;

          /* If modification of cmp1 caused overflow,
             we would get the wrong answer if we follow the usual path;
             thus, x > 0xffffffffU would turn into x > 0U.  */
          if ((p_info->unsignedp
               ? (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) new >
               (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (cmp1)
               : new > INTVAL (cmp1))
              != (p_info->const_add > 0))
            {
              /* This test is always true, but if INVERT is true then
                 the result of the test needs to be inverted so 0 should
                 be returned instead.  */
              emit_move_insn (result, invert ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx);
              return result;
            }
          else
            cmp1 = GEN_INT (new);
        }
    }

  else if (p_info->reverse_regs)
    {
      rtx temp = cmp0;
      cmp0 = cmp1;
      cmp1 = temp;
    }

  if (test == ITEST_NE && GET_CODE (cmp1) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (cmp1) == 0)
    reg = cmp0;
  else
    {
      reg = (invert || eqne_p) ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : result;
      convert_move (reg, gen_rtx (p_info->test_code, mode, cmp0, cmp1), 0);
    }

  if (test == ITEST_NE)
    {
      if (! TARGET_MIPS16)
        {
          convert_move (result, gen_rtx (GTU, mode, reg, const0_rtx), 0);
          if (p_invert != NULL)
            *p_invert = 0;
          invert = 0;
        }
      else
        {
          reg2 = invert ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : result;
          convert_move (reg2, gen_rtx (LTU, mode, reg, const1_rtx), 0);
          reg = reg2;
        }
    }

  else if (test == ITEST_EQ)
    {
      reg2 = invert ? gen_reg_rtx (mode) : result;
      convert_move (reg2, gen_rtx_LTU (mode, reg, const1_rtx), 0);
      reg = reg2;
    }

  if (invert)
    {
      rtx one;

      if (! TARGET_MIPS16)
        one = const1_rtx;
      else
        {
          /* The value is in $24.  Copy it to another register, so
             that reload doesn't think it needs to store the $24 and
             the input to the XOR in the same location.  */
          reg2 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
          emit_move_insn (reg2, reg);
          reg = reg2;
          one = force_reg (mode, const1_rtx);
        }
      convert_move (result, gen_rtx (XOR, mode, reg, one), 0);
    }

  return result;
}
\f
/* Work out how to check a floating-point condition.  We need a
   separate comparison instruction (C.cond.fmt), followed by a
   branch or conditional move.  Given that IN_CODE is the
   required condition, set *CMP_CODE to the C.cond.fmt code
   and *action_code to the branch or move code.  */

static void
get_float_compare_codes (enum rtx_code in_code, enum rtx_code *cmp_code,
                         enum rtx_code *action_code)
{
  switch (in_code)
    {
    case NE:
    case UNGE:
    case UNGT:
    case LTGT:
    case ORDERED:
      *cmp_code = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (in_code);
      *action_code = EQ;
      break;

    default:
      *cmp_code = in_code;
      *action_code = NE;
      break;
    }
}

/* Emit the common code for doing conditional branches.
   operand[0] is the label to jump to.
   The comparison operands are saved away by cmp{si,di,sf,df}.  */

void
gen_conditional_branch (rtx *operands, enum rtx_code test_code)
{
  enum cmp_type type = branch_type;
  rtx cmp0 = branch_cmp[0];
  rtx cmp1 = branch_cmp[1];
  enum machine_mode mode;
  enum rtx_code cmp_code;
  rtx reg;
  int invert;
  rtx label1, label2;

  switch (type)
    {
    case CMP_SI:
    case CMP_DI:
      mode = type == CMP_SI ? SImode : DImode;
      invert = 0;
      reg = gen_int_relational (test_code, NULL_RTX, cmp0, cmp1, &invert);

      if (reg)
        {
          cmp0 = reg;
          cmp1 = const0_rtx;
          test_code = NE;
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (cmp1) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (cmp1) != 0)
        /* We don't want to build a comparison against a nonzero
           constant.  */
        cmp1 = force_reg (mode, cmp1);

      break;

    case CMP_SF:
    case CMP_DF:
      if (! ISA_HAS_8CC)
        reg = gen_rtx_REG (CCmode, FPSW_REGNUM);
      else
        reg = gen_reg_rtx (CCmode);

      get_float_compare_codes (test_code, &cmp_code, &test_code);
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg,
                              gen_rtx (cmp_code, CCmode, cmp0, cmp1)));

      mode = CCmode;
      cmp0 = reg;
      cmp1 = const0_rtx;
      invert = 0;
      break;

    default:
      fatal_insn ("bad test", gen_rtx (test_code, VOIDmode, cmp0, cmp1));
    }

  /* Generate the branch.  */

  label1 = gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, operands[0]);
  label2 = pc_rtx;

  if (invert)
    {
      label2 = label1;
      label1 = pc_rtx;
    }

  emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, pc_rtx,
                               gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
                                                     gen_rtx (test_code, mode,
                                                              cmp0, cmp1),
                                                     label1, label2)));
}

/* Emit the common code for conditional moves.  OPERANDS is the array
   of operands passed to the conditional move define_expand.  */

void
gen_conditional_move (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx op0 = branch_cmp[0];
  rtx op1 = branch_cmp[1];
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (branch_cmp[0]);
  enum rtx_code cmp_code = GET_CODE (operands[1]);
  enum rtx_code move_code = NE;
  enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (operands[0]);
  enum machine_mode cmp_mode;
  rtx cmp_reg;

  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_FLOAT)
    {
      switch (cmp_code)
        {
        case EQ:
          cmp_code = XOR;
          move_code = EQ;
          break;
        case NE:
          cmp_code = XOR;
          break;
        case LT:
          break;
        case GE:
          cmp_code = LT;
          move_code = EQ;
          break;
        case GT:
          cmp_code = LT;
          op0 = force_reg (mode, branch_cmp[1]);
          op1 = branch_cmp[0];
          break;
        case LE:
          cmp_code = LT;
          op0 = force_reg (mode, branch_cmp[1]);
          op1 = branch_cmp[0];
          move_code = EQ;
          break;
        case LTU:
          break;
        case GEU:
          cmp_code = LTU;
          move_code = EQ;
          break;
        case GTU:
          cmp_code = LTU;
          op0 = force_reg (mode, branch_cmp[1]);
          op1 = branch_cmp[0];
          break;
        case LEU:
          cmp_code = LTU;
          op0 = force_reg (mode, branch_cmp[1]);
          op1 = branch_cmp[0];
          move_code = EQ;
          break;
        default:
          abort ();
        }
    }
  else
    get_float_compare_codes (cmp_code, &cmp_code, &move_code);

  if (mode == SImode || mode == DImode)
    cmp_mode = mode;
  else if (mode == SFmode || mode == DFmode)
    cmp_mode = CCmode;
  else
    abort ();

  cmp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode);
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (cmp_mode, cmp_reg,
                          gen_rtx (cmp_code, cmp_mode, op0, op1)));

  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (op_mode, operands[0],
                          gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (op_mode,
                                                gen_rtx (move_code, VOIDmode,
                                                         cmp_reg,
                                                         CONST0_RTX (SImode)),
                                                operands[2], operands[3])));
}

/* Emit a conditional trap.  OPERANDS is the array of operands passed to
   the conditional_trap expander.  */

void
mips_gen_conditional_trap (rtx *operands)
{
  rtx op0, op1;
  enum rtx_code cmp_code = GET_CODE (operands[0]);
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (branch_cmp[0]);

  /* MIPS conditional trap machine instructions don't have GT or LE
     flavors, so we must invert the comparison and convert to LT and
     GE, respectively.  */
  switch (cmp_code)
    {
    case GT: cmp_code = LT; break;
    case LE: cmp_code = GE; break;
    case GTU: cmp_code = LTU; break;
    case LEU: cmp_code = GEU; break;
    default: break;
    }
  if (cmp_code == GET_CODE (operands[0]))
    {
      op0 = force_reg (mode, branch_cmp[0]);
      op1 = branch_cmp[1];
    }
  else
    {
      op0 = force_reg (mode, branch_cmp[1]);
      op1 = branch_cmp[0];
    }
  if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT && ! SMALL_INT (op1))
    op1 = force_reg (mode, op1);

  emit_insn (gen_rtx_TRAP_IF (VOIDmode,
                              gen_rtx (cmp_code, GET_MODE (operands[0]), op0, op1),
                              operands[1]));
}
\f
/* Expand a call or call_value instruction.  RESULT is where the
   result will go (null for calls), ADDR is the address of the
   function, ARGS_SIZE is the size of the arguments and AUX is
   the value passed to us by mips_function_arg.  SIBCALL_P is true
   if we are expanding a sibling call, false if we're expanding
   a normal call.  */

void
mips_expand_call (rtx result, rtx addr, rtx args_size, rtx aux, int sibcall_p)
{
  if (!call_insn_operand (addr, VOIDmode))
    {
      /* If we're generating PIC, and this call is to a global function,
         try to allow its address to be resolved lazily.  This isn't
         possible for NewABI sibcalls since the value of $gp on entry
         to the stub would be our caller's gp, not ours.  */
      if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
          && !(sibcall_p && TARGET_NEWABI)
          && global_got_operand (addr, VOIDmode))
        {
          rtx high, lo_sum_symbol;

          high = mips_unspec_offset_high (pic_offset_table_rtx,
                                          addr, SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL);
          lo_sum_symbol = mips_unspec_address (addr, SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL);
          addr = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
          if (Pmode == SImode)
            emit_insn (gen_load_callsi (addr, high, lo_sum_symbol));
          else
            emit_insn (gen_load_calldi (addr, high, lo_sum_symbol));
        }
      else
        addr = force_reg (Pmode, addr);
    }

  if (TARGET_MIPS16
      && mips16_hard_float
      && build_mips16_call_stub (result, addr, args_size,
                                 aux == 0 ? 0 : (int) GET_MODE (aux)))
    /* Nothing more to do */;
  else if (result == 0)
    emit_call_insn (sibcall_p
                    ? gen_sibcall_internal (addr, args_size)
                    : gen_call_internal (addr, args_size));
  else if (GET_CODE (result) == PARALLEL && XVECLEN (result, 0) == 2)
    {
      rtx reg1, reg2;

      reg1 = XEXP (XVECEXP (result, 0, 0), 0);
      reg2 = XEXP (XVECEXP (result, 0, 1), 0);
      emit_call_insn
        (sibcall_p
         ? gen_sibcall_value_multiple_internal (reg1, addr, args_size, reg2)
         : gen_call_value_multiple_internal (reg1, addr, args_size, reg2));
    }
  else
    emit_call_insn (sibcall_p
                    ? gen_sibcall_value_internal (result, addr, args_size)
                    : gen_call_value_internal (result, addr, args_size));
}


/* We can handle any sibcall when TARGET_SIBCALLS is true.  */

static bool
mips_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                              tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return TARGET_SIBCALLS;
}
\f
/* Return true if operand OP is a condition code register.
   Only for use during or after reload.  */

int
fcc_register_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return ((mode == VOIDmode || mode == GET_MODE (op))
          && (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)
          && (GET_CODE (op) == REG || GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
          && ST_REG_P (true_regnum (op)));
}

/* Emit code to move general operand SRC into condition-code
   register DEST.  SCRATCH is a scratch TFmode float register.
   The sequence is:

        FP1 = SRC
        FP2 = 0.0f
        DEST = FP2 < FP1

   where FP1 and FP2 are single-precision float registers
   taken from SCRATCH.  */

void
mips_emit_fcc_reload (rtx dest, rtx src, rtx scratch)
{
  rtx fp1, fp2;

  /* Change the source to SFmode.  */
  if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM)
    src = adjust_address (src, SFmode, 0);
  else if (GET_CODE (src) == REG || GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG)
    src = gen_rtx_REG (SFmode, true_regnum (src));

  fp1 = gen_rtx_REG (SFmode, REGNO (scratch));
  fp2 = gen_rtx_REG (SFmode, REGNO (scratch) + FP_INC);

  emit_move_insn (copy_rtx (fp1), src);
  emit_move_insn (copy_rtx (fp2), CONST0_RTX (SFmode));
  emit_insn (gen_slt_sf (dest, fp2, fp1));
}
\f
/* Emit code to change the current function's return address to
   ADDRESS.  SCRATCH is available as a scratch register, if needed.
   ADDRESS and SCRATCH are both word-mode GPRs.  */

void
mips_set_return_address (rtx address, rtx scratch)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT gp_offset;

  compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ());
  if (((cfun->machine->frame.mask >> 31) & 1) == 0)
    abort ();
  gp_offset = cfun->machine->frame.gp_sp_offset;

  /* Reduce SP + GP_OFSET to a legitimate address and put it in SCRATCH.  */
  if (gp_offset < 32768)
    scratch = plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, gp_offset);
  else
    {
      emit_move_insn (scratch, GEN_INT (gp_offset));
      if (Pmode == DImode)
        emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (scratch, scratch, stack_pointer_rtx));
      else
        emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (scratch, scratch, stack_pointer_rtx));
    }

  emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (address), scratch), address);
}
\f
/* Emit straight-line code to move LENGTH bytes from SRC to DEST.
   Assume that the areas do not overlap.  */

static void
mips_block_move_straight (rtx dest, rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT length)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset, delta;
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bits;
  int i;
  enum machine_mode mode;
  rtx *regs;

  /* Work out how many bits to move at a time.  If both operands have
     half-word alignment, it is usually better to move in half words.
     For instance, lh/lh/sh/sh is usually better than lwl/lwr/swl/swr
     and lw/lw/sw/sw is usually better than ldl/ldr/sdl/sdr.
     Otherwise move word-sized chunks.  */
  if (MEM_ALIGN (src) == BITS_PER_WORD / 2
      && MEM_ALIGN (dest) == BITS_PER_WORD / 2)
    bits = BITS_PER_WORD / 2;
  else
    bits = BITS_PER_WORD;

  mode = mode_for_size (bits, MODE_INT, 0);
  delta = bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;

  /* Allocate a buffer for the temporary registers.  */
  regs = alloca (sizeof (rtx) * length / delta);

  /* Load as many BITS-sized chunks as possible.  Use a normal load if
     the source has enough alignment, otherwise use left/right pairs.  */
  for (offset = 0, i = 0; offset + delta <= length; offset += delta, i++)
    {
      rtx part;

      regs[i] = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
      part = adjust_address (src, mode, offset);
      if (MEM_ALIGN (part) >= bits)
        emit_move_insn (regs[i], part);
      else if (!mips_expand_unaligned_load (regs[i], part, bits, 0))
        abort ();
    }

  /* Copy the chunks to the destination.  */
  for (offset = 0, i = 0; offset + delta <= length; offset += delta, i++)
    {
      rtx part;

      part = adjust_address (dest, mode, offset);
      if (MEM_ALIGN (part) >= bits)
        emit_move_insn (part, regs[i]);
      else if (!mips_expand_unaligned_store (part, regs[i], bits, 0))
        abort ();
    }

  /* Mop up any left-over bytes.  */
  if (offset < length)
    {
      src = adjust_address (src, mode, offset);
      dest = adjust_address (dest, mode, offset);
      move_by_pieces (dest, src, length - offset,
                      MIN (MEM_ALIGN (src), MEM_ALIGN (dest)), 0);
    }
}
\f
#define MAX_MOVE_REGS 4
#define MAX_MOVE_BYTES (MAX_MOVE_REGS * UNITS_PER_WORD)


/* Helper function for doing a loop-based block operation on memory
   reference MEM.  Each iteration of the loop will operate on LENGTH
   bytes of MEM.

   Create a new base register for use within the loop and point it to
   the start of MEM.  Create a new memory reference that uses this
   register.  Store them in *LOOP_REG and *LOOP_MEM respectively.  */

static void
mips_adjust_block_mem (rtx mem, HOST_WIDE_INT length,
                       rtx *loop_reg, rtx *loop_mem)
{
  *loop_reg = copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (mem, 0));

  /* Although the new mem does not refer to a known location,
     it does keep up to LENGTH bytes of alignment.  */
  *loop_mem = change_address (mem, BLKmode, *loop_reg);
  set_mem_align (*loop_mem, MIN (MEM_ALIGN (mem), length * BITS_PER_UNIT));
}


/* Move LENGTH bytes from SRC to DEST using a loop that moves MAX_MOVE_BYTES
   per iteration.  LENGTH must be at least MAX_MOVE_BYTES.  Assume that the
   memory regions do not overlap.  */

static void
mips_block_move_loop (rtx dest, rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT length)
{
  rtx label, src_reg, dest_reg, final_src;
  HOST_WIDE_INT leftover;

  leftover = length % MAX_MOVE_BYTES;
  length -= leftover;

  /* Create registers and memory references for use within the loop.  */
  mips_adjust_block_mem (src, MAX_MOVE_BYTES, &src_reg, &src);
  mips_adjust_block_mem (dest, MAX_MOVE_BYTES, &dest_reg, &dest);

  /* Calculate the value that SRC_REG should have after the last iteration
     of the loop.  */
  final_src = expand_simple_binop (Pmode, PLUS, src_reg, GEN_INT (length),
                                   0, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN);

  /* Emit the start of the loop.  */
  label = gen_label_rtx ();
  emit_label (label);

  /* Emit the loop body.  */
  mips_block_move_straight (dest, src, MAX_MOVE_BYTES);

  /* Move on to the next block.  */
  emit_move_insn (src_reg, plus_constant (src_reg, MAX_MOVE_BYTES));
  emit_move_insn (dest_reg, plus_constant (dest_reg, MAX_MOVE_BYTES));

  /* Emit the loop condition.  */
  if (Pmode == DImode)
    emit_insn (gen_cmpdi (src_reg, final_src));
  else
    emit_insn (gen_cmpsi (src_reg, final_src));
  emit_jump_insn (gen_bne (label));

  /* Mop up any left-over bytes.  */
  if (leftover)
    mips_block_move_straight (dest, src, leftover);
}
\f
/* Expand a movstrsi instruction.  */

bool
mips_expand_block_move (rtx dest, rtx src, rtx length)
{
  if (GET_CODE (length) == CONST_INT)
    {
      if (INTVAL (length) <= 2 * MAX_MOVE_BYTES)
        {
          mips_block_move_straight (dest, src, INTVAL (length));
          return true;
        }
      else if (optimize)
        {
          mips_block_move_loop (dest, src, INTVAL (length));
          return true;
        }
    }
  return false;
}
\f
/* Argument support functions.  */

/* Initialize CUMULATIVE_ARGS for a function.  */

void
init_cumulative_args (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum, tree fntype,
                      rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  static CUMULATIVE_ARGS zero_cum;
  tree param, next_param;

  if (TARGET_DEBUG_E_MODE)
    {
      fprintf (stderr,
               "\ninit_cumulative_args, fntype = 0x%.8lx", (long)fntype);

      if (!fntype)
        fputc ('\n', stderr);

      else
        {
          tree ret_type = TREE_TYPE (fntype);
          fprintf (stderr, ", fntype code = %s, ret code = %s\n",
                   tree_code_name[(int)TREE_CODE (fntype)],
                   tree_code_name[(int)TREE_CODE (ret_type)]);
        }
    }

  *cum = zero_cum;
  cum->prototype = (fntype && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype));

  /* Determine if this function has variable arguments.  This is
     indicated by the last argument being 'void_type_mode' if there
     are no variable arguments.  The standard MIPS calling sequence
     passes all arguments in the general purpose registers in this case.  */

  for (param = fntype ? TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) : 0;
       param != 0; param = next_param)
    {
      next_param = TREE_CHAIN (param);
      if (next_param == 0 && TREE_VALUE (param) != void_type_node)
        cum->gp_reg_found = 1;
    }
}


/* Fill INFO with information about a single argument.  CUM is the
   cumulative state for earlier arguments.  MODE is the mode of this
   argument and TYPE is its type (if known).  NAMED is true if this
   is a named (fixed) argument rather than a variable one.  */

static void
mips_arg_info (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
               tree type, int named, struct mips_arg_info *info)
{
  bool even_reg_p;
  unsigned int num_words, max_regs;

  /* Decide whether this argument should go in a floating-point register,
     assuming one is free.  Later code checks for availability.  */

  info->fpr_p = (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
                 && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_FPVALUE);

  if (info->fpr_p)
    switch (mips_abi)
      {
      case ABI_32:
      case ABI_O64:
        info->fpr_p = (!cum->gp_reg_found
                       && cum->arg_number < 2
                       && (type == 0 || FLOAT_TYPE_P (type)));
        break;

      case ABI_N32:
      case ABI_64:
        info->fpr_p = (named && (type == 0 || FLOAT_TYPE_P (type)));
        break;
      }

  /* Now decide whether the argument must go in an even-numbered register.  */

  even_reg_p = false;
  if (info->fpr_p)
    {
      /* Under the O64 ABI, the second float argument goes in $f13 if it
         is a double, but $f14 if it is a single.  Otherwise, on a
         32-bit double-float machine, each FP argument must start in a
         new register pair.  */
      even_reg_p = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_HWFPVALUE
                    || (mips_abi == ABI_O64 && mode == SFmode)
                    || FP_INC > 1);
    }
  else if (!TARGET_64BIT || LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE == 128)
    {
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
          || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        even_reg_p = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD);

      else if (type != NULL_TREE && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > BITS_PER_WORD)
        even_reg_p = true;
    }

  if (mips_abi != ABI_EABI && MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (mode, type))
    /* This argument must be passed on the stack.  Eat up all the
       remaining registers.  */
    info->reg_offset = MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS;
  else
    {
      /* Set REG_OFFSET to the register count we're interested in.
         The EABI allocates the floating-point registers separately,
         but the other ABIs allocate them like integer registers.  */
      info->reg_offset = (mips_abi == ABI_EABI && info->fpr_p
                          ? cum->num_fprs
                          : cum->num_gprs);

      if (even_reg_p)
        info->reg_offset += info->reg_offset & 1;
    }

  /* The alignment applied to registers is also applied to stack arguments.  */
  info->stack_offset = cum->stack_words;
  if (even_reg_p)
    info->stack_offset += info->stack_offset & 1;

  if (mode == BLKmode)
    info->num_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
  else
    info->num_bytes = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);

  num_words = (info->num_bytes + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
  max_regs = MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS - info->reg_offset;

  /* Partition the argument between registers and stack.  */
  info->reg_words = MIN (num_words, max_regs);
  info->stack_words = num_words - info->reg_words;
}


/* Implement FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE.  */

void
function_arg_advance (CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
                      tree type, int named)
{
  struct mips_arg_info info;

  mips_arg_info (cum, mode, type, named, &info);

  if (!info.fpr_p)
    cum->gp_reg_found = true;

  /* See the comment above the cumulative args structure in mips.h
     for an explanation of what this code does.  It assumes the O32
     ABI, which passes at most 2 arguments in float registers.  */
  if (cum->arg_number < 2 && info.fpr_p)
    cum->fp_code += (mode == SFmode ? 1 : 2) << ((cum->arg_number - 1) * 2);

  if (mips_abi != ABI_EABI || !info.fpr_p)
    cum->num_gprs = info.reg_offset + info.reg_words;
  else if (info.reg_words > 0)
    cum->num_fprs += FP_INC;

  if (info.stack_words > 0)
    cum->stack_words = info.stack_offset + info.stack_words;

  cum->arg_number++;
}

/* Implement FUNCTION_ARG.  */

struct rtx_def *
function_arg (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
              tree type, int named)
{
  struct mips_arg_info info;

  /* We will be called with a mode of VOIDmode after the last argument
     has been seen.  Whatever we return will be passed to the call
     insn.  If we need a mips16 fp_code, return a REG with the code
     stored as the mode.  */
  if (mode == VOIDmode)
    {
      if (TARGET_MIPS16 && cum->fp_code != 0)
        return gen_rtx_REG ((enum machine_mode) cum->fp_code, 0);

      else
        return 0;
    }

  mips_arg_info (cum, mode, type, named, &info);

  /* Return straight away if the whole argument is passed on the stack.  */
  if (info.reg_offset == MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS)
    return 0;

  if (type != 0
      && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
      && (mips_abi == ABI_N32 || mips_abi == ABI_64)
      && TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type)
      && host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (type), 1)
      && named)
    {
      /* The Irix 6 n32/n64 ABIs say that if any 64 bit chunk of the
         structure contains a double in its entirety, then that 64 bit
         chunk is passed in a floating point register.  */
      tree field;

      /* First check to see if there is any such field.  */
      for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
        if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL
            && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == REAL_TYPE
            && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (field)) == BITS_PER_WORD
            && host_integerp (bit_position (field), 0)
            && int_bit_position (field) % BITS_PER_WORD == 0)
          break;

      if (field != 0)
        {
          /* Now handle the special case by returning a PARALLEL
             indicating where each 64 bit chunk goes.  INFO.REG_WORDS
             chunks are passed in registers.  */
          unsigned int i;
          HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos;
          rtx ret;

          /* assign_parms checks the mode of ENTRY_PARM, so we must
             use the actual mode here.  */
          ret = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (info.reg_words));

          bitpos = 0;
          field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
          for (i = 0; i < info.reg_words; i++)
            {
              rtx reg;

              for (; field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
                if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL
                    && int_bit_position (field) >= bitpos)
                  break;

              if (field
                  && int_bit_position (field) == bitpos
                  && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == REAL_TYPE
                  && !TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
                  && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (field)) == BITS_PER_WORD)
                reg = gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, FP_ARG_FIRST + info.reg_offset + i);
              else
                reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, GP_ARG_FIRST + info.reg_offset + i);

              XVECEXP (ret, 0, i)
                = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg,
                                     GEN_INT (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT));

              bitpos += BITS_PER_WORD;
            }
          return ret;
        }
    }

  if (info.fpr_p)
    return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FP_ARG_FIRST + info.reg_offset);
  else
    return gen_rtx_REG (mode, GP_ARG_FIRST + info.reg_offset);
}


/* Implement FUNCTION_ARG_PARTIAL_NREGS.  */

int
function_arg_partial_nregs (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum,
                            enum machine_mode mode, tree type, int named)
{
  struct mips_arg_info info;

  mips_arg_info (cum, mode, type, named, &info);
  return info.stack_words > 0 ? info.reg_words : 0;
}


/* Return true if FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE) should return
   upward rather than downward.  In other words, return true if the
   first byte of the stack slot has useful data, false if the last
   byte does.  */

bool
mips_pad_arg_upward (enum machine_mode mode, tree type)
{
  /* On little-endian targets, the first byte of every stack argument
     is passed in the first byte of the stack slot.  */
  if (!BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
    return true;

  /* Otherwise, integral types are padded downward: the last byte of a
     stack argument is passed in the last byte of the stack slot.  */
  if (type != 0
      ? INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || POINTER_TYPE_P (type)
      : GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
    return false;

  /* Big-endian o64 pads floating-point arguments downward.  */
  if (mips_abi == ABI_O64)
    if (type != 0 ? FLOAT_TYPE_P (type) : GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
      return false;

  /* Other types are padded upward for o32, o64, n32 and n64.  */
  if (mips_abi != ABI_EABI)
    return true;

  /* Arguments smaller than a stack slot are padded downward.  */
  if (mode != BLKmode)
    return (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= PARM_BOUNDARY);
  else
    return (int_size_in_bytes (type) >= (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));
}


/* Likewise BLOCK_REG_PADDING (MODE, TYPE, ...).  Return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
   if the least significant byte of the register has useful data.  Return
   the opposite if the most significant byte does.  */

bool
mips_pad_reg_upward (enum machine_mode mode, tree type)
{
  /* No shifting is required for floating-point arguments.  */
  if (type != 0 ? FLOAT_TYPE_P (type) : GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
    return !BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN;

  /* Otherwise, apply the same padding to register arguments as we do
     to stack arguments.  */
  return mips_pad_arg_upward (mode, type);
}
\f
int
mips_setup_incoming_varargs (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum,
                             enum machine_mode mode, tree type, int no_rtl)
{
  CUMULATIVE_ARGS local_cum;
  int gp_saved, fp_saved;

  /* The caller has advanced CUM up to, but not beyond, the last named
     argument.  Advance a local copy of CUM past the last "real" named
     argument, to find out how many registers are left over.  */

  local_cum = *cum;
  FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (local_cum, mode, type, 1);

  /* Found out how many registers we need to save.  */
  gp_saved = MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS - local_cum.num_gprs;
  fp_saved = (EABI_FLOAT_VARARGS_P
              ? MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS - local_cum.num_fprs
              : 0);

  if (!no_rtl)
    {
      if (gp_saved > 0)
        {
          rtx ptr, mem;

          ptr = virtual_incoming_args_rtx;
          switch (mips_abi)
            {
            case ABI_32:
            case ABI_O64:
              ptr = plus_constant (ptr, local_cum.num_gprs * UNITS_PER_WORD);
              break;

            case ABI_EABI:
              ptr = plus_constant (ptr, -gp_saved * UNITS_PER_WORD);
              break;
            }
          mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, ptr);
          set_mem_alias_set (mem, get_varargs_alias_set ());

          move_block_from_reg (local_cum.num_gprs + GP_ARG_FIRST,
                               mem, gp_saved);
        }
      if (fp_saved > 0)
        {
          /* We can't use move_block_from_reg, because it will use
             the wrong mode.  */
          enum machine_mode mode;
          int off, i;

          /* Set OFF to the offset from virtual_incoming_args_rtx of
             the first float register.   The FP save area lies below
             the integer one, and is aligned to UNITS_PER_FPVALUE bytes.  */
          off = -gp_saved * UNITS_PER_WORD;
          off &= ~(UNITS_PER_FPVALUE - 1);
          off -= fp_saved * UNITS_PER_FPREG;

          mode = TARGET_SINGLE_FLOAT ? SFmode : DFmode;

          for (i = local_cum.num_fprs; i < MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS; i += FP_INC)
            {
              rtx ptr, mem;

              ptr = plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, off);
              mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, ptr);
              set_mem_alias_set (mem, get_varargs_alias_set ());
              emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (mode, FP_ARG_FIRST + i));
              off += UNITS_PER_HWFPVALUE;
            }
        }
    }
  if (mips_abi == ABI_32 || mips_abi == ABI_O64)
    /* No need for pretend arguments: the register parameter area was
       allocated by the caller.  */
    return 0;
  return (gp_saved * UNITS_PER_WORD) + (fp_saved * UNITS_PER_FPREG);
}

/* Create the va_list data type.
   We keep 3 pointers, and two offsets.
   Two pointers are to the overflow area, which starts at the CFA.
     One of these is constant, for addressing into the GPR save area below it.
     The other is advanced up the stack through the overflow region.
   The third pointer is to the GPR save area.  Since the FPR save area
     is just below it, we can address FPR slots off this pointer.
   We also keep two one-byte offsets, which are to be subtracted from the
     constant pointers to yield addresses in the GPR and FPR save areas.
     These are downcounted as float or non-float arguments are used,
     and when they get to zero, the argument must be obtained from the
     overflow region.
   If !EABI_FLOAT_VARARGS_P, then no FPR save area exists, and a single
     pointer is enough.  It's started at the GPR save area, and is
     advanced, period.
   Note that the GPR save area is not constant size, due to optimization
     in the prologue.  Hence, we can't use a design with two pointers
     and two offsets, although we could have designed this with two pointers
     and three offsets.  */

static tree
mips_build_builtin_va_list (void)
{
  if (EABI_FLOAT_VARARGS_P)
    {
      tree f_ovfl, f_gtop, f_ftop, f_goff, f_foff, f_res, record;
      tree array, index;

      record = (*lang_hooks.types.make_type) (RECORD_TYPE);

      f_ovfl = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__overflow_argptr"),
                          ptr_type_node);
      f_gtop = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__gpr_top"),
                          ptr_type_node);
      f_ftop = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__fpr_top"),
                          ptr_type_node);
      f_goff = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__gpr_offset"),
                          unsigned_char_type_node);
      f_foff = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__fpr_offset"),
                          unsigned_char_type_node);
      /* Explicitly pad to the size of a pointer, so that -Wpadded won't
         warn on every user file.  */
      index = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_SIZE (ptr_mode) - 2 - 1, 0);
      array = build_array_type (unsigned_char_type_node,
                                build_index_type (index));
      f_res = build_decl (FIELD_DECL, get_identifier ("__reserved"), array);

      DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_ovfl) = record;
      DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_gtop) = record;
      DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_ftop) = record;
      DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_goff) = record;
      DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_foff) = record;
      DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (f_res) = record;

      TYPE_FIELDS (record) = f_ovfl;
      TREE_CHAIN (f_ovfl) = f_gtop;
      TREE_CHAIN (f_gtop) = f_ftop;
      TREE_CHAIN (f_ftop) = f_goff;
      TREE_CHAIN (f_goff) = f_foff;
      TREE_CHAIN (f_foff) = f_res;

      layout_type (record);
      return record;
    }
  else if (TARGET_IRIX && !TARGET_IRIX5)
    /* On IRIX 6, this type is 'char *'.  */
    return build_pointer_type (char_type_node);
  else
    /* Otherwise, we use 'void *'.  */
    return ptr_type_node;
}

/* Implement va_start.  */

void
mips_va_start (tree valist, rtx nextarg)
{
  const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum = &current_function_args_info;

  /* ARG_POINTER_REGNUM is initialized to STACK_POINTER_BOUNDARY, but
     since the stack is aligned for a pair of argument-passing slots,
     and the beginning of a variable argument list may be an odd slot,
     we have to decrease its alignment.  */
  if (cfun && cfun->emit->regno_pointer_align)
    while (((current_function_pretend_args_size * BITS_PER_UNIT)
            & (REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM) - 1)) != 0)
      REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (ARG_POINTER_REGNUM) /= 2;

  if (mips_abi == ABI_EABI)
    {
      int gpr_save_area_size;

      gpr_save_area_size
        = (MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS - cum->num_gprs) * UNITS_PER_WORD;

      if (EABI_FLOAT_VARARGS_P)
        {
          tree f_ovfl, f_gtop, f_ftop, f_goff, f_foff;
          tree ovfl, gtop, ftop, goff, foff;
          tree t;
          int fpr_offset;
          int fpr_save_area_size;

          f_ovfl = TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node);
          f_gtop = TREE_CHAIN (f_ovfl);
          f_ftop = TREE_CHAIN (f_gtop);
          f_goff = TREE_CHAIN (f_ftop);
          f_foff = TREE_CHAIN (f_goff);

          ovfl = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_ovfl), valist, f_ovfl);
          gtop = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_gtop), valist, f_gtop);
          ftop = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_ftop), valist, f_ftop);
          goff = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_goff), valist, f_goff);
          foff = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_foff), valist, f_foff);

          /* Emit code to initialize OVFL, which points to the next varargs
             stack argument.  CUM->STACK_WORDS gives the number of stack
             words used by named arguments.  */
          t = make_tree (TREE_TYPE (ovfl), virtual_incoming_args_rtx);
          if (cum->stack_words > 0)
            t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovfl), t,
                       build_int_2 (cum->stack_words * UNITS_PER_WORD, 0));
          t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovfl), ovfl, t);
          expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);

          /* Emit code to initialize GTOP, the top of the GPR save area.  */
          t = make_tree (TREE_TYPE (gtop), virtual_incoming_args_rtx);
          t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (gtop), gtop, t);
          expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);

          /* Emit code to initialize FTOP, the top of the FPR save area.
             This address is gpr_save_area_bytes below GTOP, rounded
             down to the next fp-aligned boundary.  */
          t = make_tree (TREE_TYPE (ftop), virtual_incoming_args_rtx);
          fpr_offset = gpr_save_area_size + UNITS_PER_FPVALUE - 1;
          fpr_offset &= ~(UNITS_PER_FPVALUE - 1);
          if (fpr_offset)
            t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ftop), t,
                       build_int_2 (-fpr_offset, -1));
          t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ftop), ftop, t);
          expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);

          /* Emit code to initialize GOFF, the offset from GTOP of the
             next GPR argument.  */
          t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (goff), goff,
                     build_int_2 (gpr_save_area_size, 0));
          expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);

          /* Likewise emit code to initialize FOFF, the offset from FTOP
             of the next FPR argument.  */
          fpr_save_area_size
            = (MAX_ARGS_IN_REGISTERS - cum->num_fprs) * UNITS_PER_FPREG;
          t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (foff), foff,
                     build_int_2 (fpr_save_area_size, 0));
          expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
        }
      else
        {
          /* Everything is in the GPR save area, or in the overflow
             area which is contiguous with it.  */
          nextarg = plus_constant (nextarg, -gpr_save_area_size);
          std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg);
        }
    }
  else
    std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg);
}
\f
/* Implement va_arg.  */

rtx
mips_va_arg (tree valist, tree type)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT size, rsize;
  rtx addr_rtx;
  tree t;

  size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
  rsize = (size + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -UNITS_PER_WORD;

  if (mips_abi == ABI_EABI)
    {
      bool indirect;
      rtx r;

      indirect
        = function_arg_pass_by_reference (NULL, TYPE_MODE (type), type, 0);

      if (indirect)
        {
          size = POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT;
          rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
        }

      addr_rtx = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);

      if (!EABI_FLOAT_VARARGS_P)
        {
          /* Case of all args in a merged stack.  No need to check bounds,
             just advance valist along the stack.  */

          tree gpr = valist;
          if (!indirect
              && !TARGET_64BIT
              && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > (unsigned) BITS_PER_WORD)
            {
              /* Align the pointer using: ap = (ap + align - 1) & -align,
                 where align is 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD.  */
              t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (gpr), gpr,
                         build_int_2 (2 * UNITS_PER_WORD - 1, 0));
              t = build (BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (t), t,
                         build_int_2 (-2 * UNITS_PER_WORD, -1));
              t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (gpr), gpr, t);
              expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
            }

          /* Emit code to set addr_rtx to the valist, and postincrement
             the valist by the size of the argument, rounded up to the
             next word.  */
          t = build (POSTINCREMENT_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (gpr), gpr,
                     size_int (rsize));
          r = expand_expr (t, addr_rtx, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
          if (r != addr_rtx)
            emit_move_insn (addr_rtx, r);

          /* Flush the POSTINCREMENT.  */
          emit_queue();
        }
      else
        {
          /* Not a simple merged stack.  */

          tree f_ovfl, f_gtop, f_ftop, f_goff, f_foff;
          tree ovfl, top, off;
          rtx lab_over = NULL_RTX, lab_false;
          HOST_WIDE_INT osize;

          f_ovfl = TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node);
          f_gtop = TREE_CHAIN (f_ovfl);
          f_ftop = TREE_CHAIN (f_gtop);
          f_goff = TREE_CHAIN (f_ftop);
          f_foff = TREE_CHAIN (f_goff);

          /* We maintain separate pointers and offsets for floating-point
             and integer arguments, but we need similar code in both cases.
             Let:

                 TOP be the top of the register save area;
                 OFF be the offset from TOP of the next register;
                 ADDR_RTX be the address of the argument;
                 RSIZE be the number of bytes used to store the argument
                   when it's in the register save area;
                 OSIZE be the number of bytes used to store it when it's
                   in the stack overflow area; and
                 PADDING be (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? OSIZE - RSIZE : 0)

             The code we want is:

                  1: off &= -rsize;       // round down
                  2: if (off != 0)
                  3:   {
                  4:     addr_rtx = top - off;
                  5:     off -= rsize;
                  6:   }
                  7: else
                  8:   {
                  9:     ovfl += ((intptr_t) ovfl + osize - 1) & -osize;
                 10:     addr_rtx = ovfl + PADDING;
                 11:     ovfl += osize;
                 14:   }

             [1] and [9] can sometimes be optimized away.  */

          lab_false = gen_label_rtx ();
          lab_over = gen_label_rtx ();

          ovfl = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_ovfl), valist, f_ovfl);
          if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (type)) == MODE_FLOAT
              && GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (type)) <= UNITS_PER_FPVALUE)
            {
              top = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_ftop), valist, f_ftop);
              off = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_foff), valist, f_foff);

              /* When floating-point registers are saved to the stack,
                 each one will take up UNITS_PER_HWFPVALUE bytes, regardless
                 of the float's precision.  */
              rsize = UNITS_PER_HWFPVALUE;
            }
          else
            {
              top = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_gtop), valist, f_gtop);
              off = build (COMPONENT_REF, TREE_TYPE (f_goff), valist, f_goff);
              if (rsize > UNITS_PER_WORD)
                {
                  /* [1] Emit code for: off &= -rsize.  */
                  t = build (BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (off), off,
                             build_int_2 (-rsize, -1));
                  t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (off), off, t);
                  expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
                }
            }
          /* Every overflow argument must take up at least UNITS_PER_WORD
             bytes (= PARM_BOUNDARY bits).  RSIZE can sometimes be smaller
             than that, such as in the combination -mgp64 -msingle-float
             -fshort-double.  Doubles passed in registers will then take
             up UNITS_PER_HWFPVALUE bytes, but those passed on the stack
             take up UNITS_PER_WORD bytes.  */
          osize = MAX (rsize, UNITS_PER_WORD);

          /* [2] Emit code to branch if off == 0.  */
          r = expand_expr (off, NULL_RTX, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (off)),
                           EXPAND_NORMAL);
          emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (r, const0_rtx, EQ, const1_rtx, GET_MODE (r),
                                   1, lab_false);

          /* [4] Emit code for: addr_rtx = top - off.  */
          t = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (top), top, off);
          r = expand_expr (t, addr_rtx, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
          if (r != addr_rtx)
            emit_move_insn (addr_rtx, r);

          /* [5] Emit code for: off -= rsize.  */
          t = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (off), off, build_int_2 (rsize, 0));
          t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (off), off, t);
          expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);

          /* [7] Emit code to jump over the else clause, then the label
             that starts it.  */
          emit_queue();
          emit_jump (lab_over);
          emit_barrier ();
          emit_label (lab_false);

          if (osize > UNITS_PER_WORD)
            {
              /* [9] Emit: ovfl += ((intptr_t) ovfl + osize - 1) & -osize.  */
              t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovfl), ovfl,
                         build_int_2 (osize - 1, 0));
              t = build (BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovfl), t,
                         build_int_2 (-osize, -1));
              t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovfl), ovfl, t);
              expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
            }

          /* [10, 11].  Emit code to store ovfl in addr_rtx, then
             post-increment ovfl by osize.  On big-endian machines,
             the argument has OSIZE - RSIZE bytes of leading padding.  */
          t = build (POSTINCREMENT_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (ovfl), ovfl,
                     size_int (osize));
          if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && osize > rsize)
            t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (t), t,
                       build_int_2 (osize - rsize, 0));
          r = expand_expr (t, addr_rtx, Pmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);
          if (r != addr_rtx)
            emit_move_insn (addr_rtx, r);

          emit_queue();
          emit_label (lab_over);
        }
      if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && rsize != size)
        addr_rtx = plus_constant (addr_rtx, rsize - size);
      if (indirect)
        {
          addr_rtx = force_reg (Pmode, addr_rtx);
          r = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr_rtx);
          set_mem_alias_set (r, get_varargs_alias_set ());
          emit_move_insn (addr_rtx, r);
        }
      return addr_rtx;
    }
  else
    {
      /* Not EABI.  */
      int align;
      HOST_WIDE_INT min_offset;

      /* ??? The original va-mips.h did always align, despite the fact
         that alignments <= UNITS_PER_WORD are preserved by the va_arg
         increment mechanism.  */

      if ((mips_abi == ABI_N32 || mips_abi == ABI_64)
          && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > 64)
        align = 16;
      else if (TARGET_64BIT)
        align = 8;
      else if (TYPE_ALIGN (type) > 32)
        align = 8;
      else
        align = 4;

      t = build (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (valist), valist,
                 build_int_2 (align - 1, 0));
      t = build (BIT_AND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (t), t, build_int_2 (-align, -1));

      /* If arguments of type TYPE must be passed on the stack,
         set MIN_OFFSET to the offset of the first stack parameter.  */
      if (!MUST_PASS_IN_STACK (TYPE_MODE (type), type))
        min_offset = 0;
      else if (TARGET_NEWABI)
        min_offset = current_function_pretend_args_size;
      else
        min_offset = REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (current_function_decl);

      /* Make sure the new address is at least MIN_OFFSET bytes from
         the incoming argument pointer.  */
      if (min_offset > 0)
        t = build (MAX_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (valist), t,
                   make_tree (TREE_TYPE (valist),
                              plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx,
                                             min_offset)));

      t = build (MODIFY_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (valist), valist, t);
      expand_expr (t, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, EXPAND_NORMAL);

      /* Everything past the alignment is standard.  */
      return std_expand_builtin_va_arg (valist, type);
    }
}
\f
/* Return true if it is possible to use left/right accesses for a
   bitfield of WIDTH bits starting BITPOS bits into *OP.  When
   returning true, update *OP, *LEFT and *RIGHT as follows:

   *OP is a BLKmode reference to the whole field.

   *LEFT is a QImode reference to the first byte if big endian or
   the last byte if little endian.  This address can be used in the
   left-side instructions (lwl, swl, ldl, sdl).

   *RIGHT is a QImode reference to the opposite end of the field and
   can be used in the parterning right-side instruction.  */

static bool
mips_get_unaligned_mem (rtx *op, unsigned int width, int bitpos,
                        rtx *left, rtx *right)
{
  rtx first, last;

  /* Check that the operand really is a MEM.  Not all the extv and
     extzv predicates are checked.  */
  if (GET_CODE (*op) != MEM)
    return false;

  /* Check that the size is valid.  */
  if (width != 32 && (!TARGET_64BIT || width != 64))
    return false;

  /* We can only access byte-aligned values.  Since we are always passed
     a reference to the first byte of the field, it is not necessary to
     do anything with BITPOS after this check.  */
  if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
    return false;

  /* Reject aligned bitfields: we want to use a normal load or store
     instead of a left/right pair.  */
  if (MEM_ALIGN (*op) >= width)
    return false;

  /* Adjust *OP to refer to the whole field.  This also has the effect
     of legitimizing *OP's address for BLKmode, possibly simplifying it.  */
  *op = adjust_address (*op, BLKmode, 0);
  set_mem_size (*op, GEN_INT (width / BITS_PER_UNIT));

  /* Get references to both ends of the field.  We deliberately don't
     use the original QImode *OP for FIRST since the new BLKmode one
     might have a simpler address.  */
  first = adjust_address (*op, QImode, 0);
  last = adjust_address (*op, QImode, width / BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);

  /* Allocate to LEFT and RIGHT according to endiannes.  LEFT should
     be the upper word and RIGHT the lower word.  */
  if (TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN)
    *left = first, *right = last;
  else
    *left = last, *right = first;

  return true;
}


/* Try to emit the equivalent of (set DEST (zero_extract SRC WIDTH BITPOS)).
   Return true on success.  We only handle cases where zero_extract is
   equivalent to sign_extract.  */

bool
mips_expand_unaligned_load (rtx dest, rtx src, unsigned int width, int bitpos)
{
  rtx left, right;

  /* If TARGET_64BIT, the destination of a 32-bit load will be a
     paradoxical word_mode subreg.  This is the only case in which
     we allow the destination to be larger than the source.  */
  if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
      && GET_MODE (dest) == DImode
      && SUBREG_BYTE (dest) == 0
      && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest)) == SImode)
    dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);

  /* After the above adjustment, the destination must be the same
     width as the source.  */
  if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) != width)
    return false;

  if (!mips_get_unaligned_mem (&src, width, bitpos, &left, &right))
    return false;

  if (GET_MODE (dest) == DImode)
    {
      emit_insn (gen_mov_ldl (dest, src, left));
      emit_insn (gen_mov_ldr (copy_rtx (dest), copy_rtx (src),
                              right, copy_rtx (dest)));
    }
  else
    {
      emit_insn (gen_mov_lwl (dest, src, left));
      emit_insn (gen_mov_lwr (copy_rtx (dest), copy_rtx (src),
                              right, copy_rtx (dest)));
    }
  return true;
}


/* Try to expand (set (zero_extract DEST WIDTH BITPOS) SRC).  Return
   true on success.  */

bool
mips_expand_unaligned_store (rtx dest, rtx src, unsigned int width, int bitpos)
{
  rtx left, right;

  if (!mips_get_unaligned_mem (&dest, width, bitpos, &left, &right))
    return false;

  src = gen_lowpart (mode_for_size (width, MODE_INT, 0), src);

  if (GET_MODE (src) == DImode)
    {
      emit_insn (gen_mov_sdl (dest, src, left));
      emit_insn (gen_mov_sdr (copy_rtx (dest), copy_rtx (src), right));
    }
  else
    {
      emit_insn (gen_mov_swl (dest, src, left));
      emit_insn (gen_mov_swr (copy_rtx (dest), copy_rtx (src), right));
    }
  return true;
}
\f
/* Set up globals to generate code for the ISA or processor
   described by INFO.  */

static void
mips_set_architecture (const struct mips_cpu_info *info)
{
  if (info != 0)
    {
      mips_arch_info = info;
      mips_arch = info->cpu;
      mips_isa = info->isa;
    }
}


/* Likewise for tuning.  */

static void
mips_set_tune (const struct mips_cpu_info *info)
{
  if (info != 0)
    {
      mips_tune_info = info;
      mips_tune = info->cpu;
    }
}


/* Set up the threshold for data to go into the small data area, instead
   of the normal data area, and detect any conflicts in the switches.  */

void
override_options (void)
{
  int i, start, regno;
  enum machine_mode mode;

  mips_section_threshold = g_switch_set ? g_switch_value : MIPS_DEFAULT_GVALUE;

  /* Interpret -mabi.  */
  mips_abi = MIPS_ABI_DEFAULT;
  if (mips_abi_string != 0)
    {
      if (strcmp (mips_abi_string, "32") == 0)
        mips_abi = ABI_32;
      else if (strcmp (mips_abi_string, "o64") == 0)
        mips_abi = ABI_O64;
      else if (strcmp (mips_abi_string, "n32") == 0)
        mips_abi = ABI_N32;
      else if (strcmp (mips_abi_string, "64") == 0)
        mips_abi = ABI_64;
      else if (strcmp (mips_abi_string, "eabi") == 0)
        mips_abi = ABI_EABI;
      else
        fatal_error ("bad value (%s) for -mabi= switch", mips_abi_string);
    }

  /* The following code determines the architecture and register size.
     Similar code was added to GAS 2.14 (see tc-mips.c:md_after_parse_args()).
     The GAS and GCC code should be kept in sync as much as possible.  */

  if (mips_arch_string != 0)
    mips_set_architecture (mips_parse_cpu ("-march", mips_arch_string));

  if (mips_isa_string != 0)
    {
      /* Handle -mipsN.  */
      char *whole_isa_str = concat ("mips", mips_isa_string, NULL);
      const struct mips_cpu_info *isa_info;

      isa_info = mips_parse_cpu ("-mips option", whole_isa_str);
      free (whole_isa_str);

      /* -march takes precedence over -mipsN, since it is more descriptive.
         There's no harm in specifying both as long as the ISA levels
         are the same.  */
      if (mips_arch_info != 0 && mips_isa != isa_info->isa)
        error ("-mips%s conflicts with the other architecture options, "
               "which specify a MIPS%d processor",
               mips_isa_string, mips_isa);

      /* Set architecture based on the given option.  */
      mips_set_architecture (isa_info);
    }

  if (mips_arch_info == 0)
    {
#ifdef MIPS_CPU_STRING_DEFAULT
      mips_set_architecture (mips_parse_cpu ("default CPU",
                                             MIPS_CPU_STRING_DEFAULT));
#else
      mips_set_architecture (mips_cpu_info_from_isa (MIPS_ISA_DEFAULT));
#endif
    }

  if (ABI_NEEDS_64BIT_REGS && !ISA_HAS_64BIT_REGS)
    error ("-march=%s is not compatible with the selected ABI",
           mips_arch_info->name);

  /* Optimize for mips_arch, unless -mtune selects a different processor.  */
  if (mips_tune_string != 0)
    mips_set_tune (mips_parse_cpu ("-mtune", mips_tune_string));

  if (mips_tune_info == 0)
    mips_set_tune (mips_arch_info);

  if ((target_flags_explicit & MASK_64BIT) != 0)
    {
      /* The user specified the size of the integer registers.  Make sure
         it agrees with the ABI and ISA.  */
      if (TARGET_64BIT && !ISA_HAS_64BIT_REGS)
        error ("-mgp64 used with a 32-bit processor");
      else if (!TARGET_64BIT && ABI_NEEDS_64BIT_REGS)
        error ("-mgp32 used with a 64-bit ABI");
      else if (TARGET_64BIT && ABI_NEEDS_32BIT_REGS)
        error ("-mgp64 used with a 32-bit ABI");
    }
  else
    {
      /* Infer the integer register size from the ABI and processor.
         Restrict ourselves to 32-bit registers if that's all the
         processor has, or if the ABI cannot handle 64-bit registers.  */
      if (ABI_NEEDS_32BIT_REGS || !ISA_HAS_64BIT_REGS)
        target_flags &= ~MASK_64BIT;
      else
        target_flags |= MASK_64BIT;
    }

  if ((target_flags_explicit & MASK_FLOAT64) != 0)
    {
      /* Really, -mfp32 and -mfp64 are ornamental options.  There's
         only one right answer here.  */
      if (TARGET_64BIT && TARGET_DOUBLE_FLOAT && !TARGET_FLOAT64)
        error ("unsupported combination: %s", "-mgp64 -mfp32 -mdouble-float");
      else if (!TARGET_64BIT && TARGET_FLOAT64)
        error ("unsupported combination: %s", "-mgp32 -mfp64");
      else if (TARGET_SINGLE_FLOAT && TARGET_FLOAT64)
        error ("unsupported combination: %s", "-mfp64 -msingle-float");
    }
  else
    {
      /* -msingle-float selects 32-bit float registers.  Otherwise the
         float registers should be the same size as the integer ones.  */
      if (TARGET_64BIT && TARGET_DOUBLE_FLOAT)
        target_flags |= MASK_FLOAT64;
      else
        target_flags &= ~MASK_FLOAT64;
    }

  /* End of code shared with GAS.  */

  if ((target_flags_explicit & MASK_LONG64) == 0)
    {
      /* If no type size setting options (-mlong64,-mint64,-mlong32)
         were used, then set the type sizes.  In the EABI in 64 bit mode,
         longs and pointers are 64 bits.  Likewise for the SGI Irix6 N64
         ABI.  */
      if ((mips_abi == ABI_EABI && TARGET_64BIT) || mips_abi == ABI_64)
        target_flags |= MASK_LONG64;
      else
        target_flags &= ~MASK_LONG64;
    }

  if (MIPS_MARCH_CONTROLS_SOFT_FLOAT
      && (target_flags_explicit & MASK_SOFT_FLOAT) == 0)
    {
      /* For some configurations, it is useful to have -march control
         the default setting of MASK_SOFT_FLOAT.  */
      switch ((int) mips_arch)
        {
        case PROCESSOR_R4100:
        case PROCESSOR_R4111:
        case PROCESSOR_R4120:
          target_flags |= MASK_SOFT_FLOAT;
          break;

        default:
          target_flags &= ~MASK_SOFT_FLOAT;
          break;
        }
    }

  if (mips_abi != ABI_32 && mips_abi != ABI_O64)
    flag_pcc_struct_return = 0;

#if defined(USE_COLLECT2)
  /* For IRIX 5 or IRIX 6 with integrated O32 ABI support, USE_COLLECT2 is
     always defined when GNU as is not in use, but collect2 is only used
     for the O32 ABI, so override the toplev.c and target-def.h defaults
     for flag_gnu_linker, TARGET_ASM_{CONSTRUCTOR, DESTRUCTOR} and
     TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS.

     Since the IRIX 5 and IRIX 6 O32 assemblers cannot handle named
     sections, constructor/destructor handling depends on the ABI in use.

     Since USE_COLLECT2 is defined, we only need to restore the non-collect2
     defaults for the N32/N64 ABIs.  */
  if (TARGET_IRIX && !TARGET_SGI_O32_AS)
    {
      targetm.have_ctors_dtors = true;
      targetm.asm_out.constructor = default_named_section_asm_out_constructor;
      targetm.asm_out.destructor = default_named_section_asm_out_destructor;
    }
#endif

  /* Handle some quirks of the IRIX 5 and IRIX 6 O32 assemblers.  */

  if (TARGET_SGI_O32_AS)
    {
      /* They don't recognize `.[248]byte'.  */
      targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op.hi = "\t.align 0\n\t.half\t";
      targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op.si = "\t.align 0\n\t.word\t";
      /* The IRIX 6 O32 assembler gives an error for `align 0; .dword',
         contrary to the documentation, so disable it.  */
      targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op.di = NULL;

      /* They cannot handle named sections.  */
      targetm.have_named_sections = false;
      /* Therefore, EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME isn't defined and we must use
         collect2.  */
      targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info = true;
      targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section = collect2_eh_frame_section;

      /* They cannot handle debug information.  */
      if (write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
        {
          /* Adapt wording to IRIX version: IRIX 5 only had a single ABI,
             so -mabi=32 isn't usually specified.  */
          if (TARGET_IRIX5)
            inform ("-g is only supported using GNU as,");
          else
            inform ("-g is only supported using GNU as with -mabi=32,");
          inform ("-g option disabled");
          write_symbols = NO_DEBUG;
        }
    }

  if ((target_flags_explicit & MASK_BRANCHLIKELY) == 0)
    {
      /* If neither -mbranch-likely nor -mno-branch-likely was given
         on the command line, set MASK_BRANCHLIKELY based on the target
         architecture.

         By default, we enable use of Branch Likely instructions on
         all architectures which support them except for MIPS32 and MIPS64
         (i.e., the generic MIPS32 and MIPS64 ISAs, and processors which
         implement them).

         The MIPS32 and MIPS64 architecture specifications say "Software
         is strongly encouraged to avoid use of Branch Likely
         instructions, as they will be removed from a future revision
         of the [MIPS32 and MIPS64] architecture."  Therefore, we do not
         issue those instructions unless instructed to do so by
         -mbranch-likely.  */
      if (ISA_HAS_BRANCHLIKELY && !(ISA_MIPS32 || ISA_MIPS32R2 || ISA_MIPS64))
        target_flags |= MASK_BRANCHLIKELY;
      else
        target_flags &= ~MASK_BRANCHLIKELY;
    }
  if (TARGET_BRANCHLIKELY && !ISA_HAS_BRANCHLIKELY)
    warning ("generation of Branch Likely instructions enabled, but not supported by architecture");

  /* The effect of -mabicalls isn't defined for the EABI.  */
  if (mips_abi == ABI_EABI && TARGET_ABICALLS)
    {
      error ("unsupported combination: %s", "-mabicalls -mabi=eabi");
      target_flags &= ~MASK_ABICALLS;
    }

  /* -fpic (-KPIC) is the default when TARGET_ABICALLS is defined.  We need
     to set flag_pic so that the LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P macro will work.  */
  /* ??? -non_shared turns off pic code generation, but this is not
     implemented.  */
  if (TARGET_ABICALLS)
    {
      flag_pic = 1;
      if (mips_section_threshold > 0)
        warning ("-G is incompatible with PIC code which is the default");
    }

  /* The MIPS and SGI o32 assemblers expect small-data variables to
     be declared before they are used.  Although we once had code to
     do this, it was very invasive and fragile.  It no longer seems
     worth the effort.  */
  if (!TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && !TARGET_GAS)
    mips_section_threshold = 0;

  /* We switch to small data sections using ".section", which the native
     o32 irix assemblers don't understand.  Disable -G accordingly.
     We must do this regardless of command-line options since otherwise
     the compiler would abort.  */
  if (!targetm.have_named_sections)
    mips_section_threshold = 0;

  /* -membedded-pic is a form of PIC code suitable for embedded
     systems.  All calls are made using PC relative addressing, and
     all data is addressed using the $gp register.  This requires gas,
     which does most of the work, and GNU ld, which automatically
     expands PC relative calls which are out of range into a longer
     instruction sequence.  All gcc really does differently is
     generate a different sequence for a switch.  */
  if (TARGET_EMBEDDED_PIC)
    {
      flag_pic = 1;
      if (TARGET_ABICALLS)
        warning ("-membedded-pic and -mabicalls are incompatible");

      if (g_switch_set)
        warning ("-G and -membedded-pic are incompatible");

      /* Setting mips_section_threshold is not required, because gas
         will force everything to be GP addressable anyhow, but
         setting it will cause gcc to make better estimates of the
         number of instructions required to access a particular data
         item.  */
      mips_section_threshold = 0x7fffffff;
    }

  /* mips_split_addresses is a half-way house between explicit
     relocations and the traditional assembler macros.  It can
     split absolute 32-bit symbolic constants into a high/lo_sum
     pair but uses macros for other sorts of access.

     Like explicit relocation support for REL targets, it relies
     on GNU extensions in the assembler and the linker.

     Although this code should work for -O0, it has traditionally
     been treated as an optimization.  */
  if (TARGET_GAS && !TARGET_MIPS16 && TARGET_SPLIT_ADDRESSES
      && optimize && !flag_pic
      && !ABI_HAS_64BIT_SYMBOLS)
    mips_split_addresses = 1;
  else
    mips_split_addresses = 0;

  /* -mexplicit-relocs doesn't yet support non-PIC n64.  We don't know
     how to generate %highest/%higher/%hi/%lo sequences.  */
  if (mips_abi == ABI_64 && !TARGET_ABICALLS)
    {
      if ((target_flags_explicit & target_flags & MASK_EXPLICIT_RELOCS) != 0)
        sorry ("non-PIC n64 with explicit relocations");
      target_flags &= ~MASK_EXPLICIT_RELOCS;
    }

  /* Explicit relocations for "old" ABIs are a GNU extension.  Unless
     the user has said otherwise, assume that they are not available
     with assemblers other than gas.  */
  if (!TARGET_NEWABI && !TARGET_GAS
      && (target_flags_explicit & MASK_EXPLICIT_RELOCS) == 0)
    target_flags &= ~MASK_EXPLICIT_RELOCS;

  /* Make -mabicalls -fno-unit-at-a-time imply -mno-explicit-relocs
     unless the user says otherwise.

     There are two problems here:

       (1) The value of an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation depends on whether
           the symbol is local or global.  We therefore need to know
           a symbol's binding before refering to it using %got().

       (2) R_MIPS_CALL16 can only be applied to global symbols.

     When not using -funit-at-a-time, a symbol's binding may change
     after it has been used.  For example, the C++ front-end will
     initially assume that the typeinfo for an incomplete type will be
     comdat, on the basis that the type could be completed later in the
     file.  But if the type never is completed, the typeinfo will become
     local instead.  */
  if (!flag_unit_at_a_time
      && TARGET_ABICALLS
      && (target_flags_explicit & MASK_EXPLICIT_RELOCS) == 0)
    target_flags &= ~MASK_EXPLICIT_RELOCS;

  /* -mrnames says to use the MIPS software convention for register
     names instead of the hardware names (ie, $a0 instead of $4).
     We do this by switching the names in mips_reg_names, which the
     reg_names points into via the REGISTER_NAMES macro.  */

  if (TARGET_NAME_REGS)
    memcpy (mips_reg_names, mips_sw_reg_names, sizeof (mips_reg_names));

  /* When compiling for the mips16, we can not use floating point.  We
     record the original hard float value in mips16_hard_float.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      if (TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT)
        mips16_hard_float = 0;
      else
        mips16_hard_float = 1;
      target_flags |= MASK_SOFT_FLOAT;

      /* Don't run the scheduler before reload, since it tends to
         increase register pressure.  */
      flag_schedule_insns = 0;

      /* Silently disable -mexplicit-relocs since it doesn't apply
         to mips16 code.  Even so, it would overly pedantic to warn
         about "-mips16 -mexplicit-relocs", especially given that
         we use a %gprel() operator.  */
      target_flags &= ~MASK_EXPLICIT_RELOCS;
    }

  /* When using explicit relocs, we call dbr_schedule from within
     mips_reorg.  */
  if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    {
      mips_flag_delayed_branch = flag_delayed_branch;
      flag_delayed_branch = 0;
    }

#ifdef MIPS_TFMODE_FORMAT
  REAL_MODE_FORMAT (TFmode) = &MIPS_TFMODE_FORMAT;
#endif

  mips_print_operand_punct['?'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['#'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['/'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['&'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['!'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['*'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['@'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['.'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['('] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct[')'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['['] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct[']'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['<'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['>'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['{'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['}'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['^'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['$'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['+'] = 1;
  mips_print_operand_punct['~'] = 1;

  mips_char_to_class['d'] = TARGET_MIPS16 ? M16_REGS : GR_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['e'] = M16_NA_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['t'] = T_REG;
  mips_char_to_class['f'] = (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT ? FP_REGS : NO_REGS);
  mips_char_to_class['h'] = HI_REG;
  mips_char_to_class['l'] = LO_REG;
  mips_char_to_class['x'] = MD_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['b'] = ALL_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['c'] = (TARGET_ABICALLS ? PIC_FN_ADDR_REG :
                             TARGET_MIPS16 ? M16_NA_REGS :
                             GR_REGS);
  mips_char_to_class['e'] = LEA_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['j'] = PIC_FN_ADDR_REG;
  mips_char_to_class['y'] = GR_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['z'] = ST_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['B'] = COP0_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['C'] = COP2_REGS;
  mips_char_to_class['D'] = COP3_REGS;

  /* Set up array to map GCC register number to debug register number.
     Ignore the special purpose register numbers.  */

  for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
    mips_dbx_regno[i] = -1;

  start = GP_DBX_FIRST - GP_REG_FIRST;
  for (i = GP_REG_FIRST; i <= GP_REG_LAST; i++)
    mips_dbx_regno[i] = i + start;

  start = FP_DBX_FIRST - FP_REG_FIRST;
  for (i = FP_REG_FIRST; i <= FP_REG_LAST; i++)
    mips_dbx_regno[i] = i + start;

  mips_dbx_regno[HI_REGNUM] = MD_DBX_FIRST + 0;
  mips_dbx_regno[LO_REGNUM] = MD_DBX_FIRST + 1;

  /* Set up array giving whether a given register can hold a given mode.  */

  for (mode = VOIDmode;
       mode != MAX_MACHINE_MODE;
       mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int)mode + 1))
    {
      register int size              = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
      register enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);

      for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
        {
          register int temp;

          if (mode == CCmode)
            {
              if (! ISA_HAS_8CC)
                temp = (regno == FPSW_REGNUM);
              else
                temp = (ST_REG_P (regno) || GP_REG_P (regno)
                        || FP_REG_P (regno));
            }

          else if (GP_REG_P (regno))
            temp = ((regno & 1) == 0 || size <= UNITS_PER_WORD);

          else if (FP_REG_P (regno))
            temp = ((regno % FP_INC) == 0)
                    && (((class == MODE_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
                         && size <= UNITS_PER_FPVALUE)
                        /* Allow integer modes that fit into a single
                           register.  We need to put integers into FPRs
                           when using instructions like cvt and trunc.  */
                        || (class == MODE_INT && size <= UNITS_PER_FPREG)
                        /* Allow TFmode for CCmode reloads.  */
                        || (ISA_HAS_8CC && mode == TFmode));

          else if (MD_REG_P (regno))
            temp = (class == MODE_INT
                    && (size <= UNITS_PER_WORD
                        || (regno == MD_REG_FIRST
                            && size == 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD)));

          else if (ALL_COP_REG_P (regno))
            temp = (class == MODE_INT && size <= UNITS_PER_WORD);
          else
            temp = 0;

          mips_hard_regno_mode_ok[(int)mode][regno] = temp;
        }
    }

  /* Save GPR registers in word_mode sized hunks.  word_mode hasn't been
     initialized yet, so we can't use that here.  */
  gpr_mode = TARGET_64BIT ? DImode : SImode;

  /* Provide default values for align_* for 64-bit targets.  */
  if (TARGET_64BIT && !TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      if (align_loops == 0)
        align_loops = 8;
      if (align_jumps == 0)
        align_jumps = 8;
      if (align_functions == 0)
        align_functions = 8;
    }

  /* Function to allocate machine-dependent function status.  */
  init_machine_status = &mips_init_machine_status;

  /* Create a unique alias set for GOT references.  */
  mips_got_alias_set = new_alias_set ();

  if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS || mips_split_addresses)
    {
      mips_split_p[SYMBOL_GENERAL] = true;
      mips_hi_relocs[SYMBOL_GENERAL] = "%hi(";
      mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GENERAL] = "%lo(";
    }

  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      /* The high part is provided by a pseudo copy of $gp.  */
      mips_split_p[SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA] = true;
      mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA] = "%gprel(";
    }

  if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    {
      /* Small data constants are kept whole until after reload,
         then lowered by mips_rewrite_small_data.  */
      mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA] = "%gp_rel(";

      mips_split_p[SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL] = true;
      if (TARGET_NEWABI)
        {
          mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE] = "%got_page(";
          mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL] = "%got_ofst(";
        }
      else
        {
          mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_PAGE] = "%got(";
          mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOT_LOCAL] = "%lo(";
        }

      if (TARGET_XGOT)
        {
          /* The HIGH and LO_SUM are matched by special .md patterns.  */
          mips_split_p[SYMBOL_GOT_GLOBAL] = true;

          mips_split_p[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL] = true;
          mips_hi_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL] = "%got_hi(";
          mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL] = "%got_lo(";

          mips_split_p[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL] = true;
          mips_hi_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL] = "%call_hi(";
          mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL] = "%call_lo(";
        }
      else
        {
          if (TARGET_NEWABI)
            mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL] = "%got_disp(";
          else
            mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_GLOBAL] = "%got(";
          mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_CALL] = "%call16(";
        }
    }

  if (TARGET_NEWABI)
    {
      mips_split_p[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP] = true;
      mips_hi_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP] = "%hi(%neg(%gp_rel(";
      mips_lo_relocs[SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP] = "%lo(%neg(%gp_rel(";
    }
}

/* Implement CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE.  */

void
mips_conditional_register_usage (void)
{
  if (!TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
    {
      int regno;

      for (regno = FP_REG_FIRST; regno <= FP_REG_LAST; regno++)
        fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
      for (regno = ST_REG_FIRST; regno <= ST_REG_LAST; regno++)
        fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
    }
  else if (! ISA_HAS_8CC)
    {
      int regno;

      /* We only have a single condition code register.  We
         implement this by hiding all the condition code registers,
         and generating RTL that refers directly to ST_REG_FIRST.  */
      for (regno = ST_REG_FIRST; regno <= ST_REG_LAST; regno++)
        fixed_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
    }
  /* In mips16 mode, we permit the $t temporary registers to be used
     for reload.  We prohibit the unused $s registers, since they
     are caller saved, and saving them via a mips16 register would
     probably waste more time than just reloading the value.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      fixed_regs[18] = call_used_regs[18] = 1;
      fixed_regs[19] = call_used_regs[19] = 1;
      fixed_regs[20] = call_used_regs[20] = 1;
      fixed_regs[21] = call_used_regs[21] = 1;
      fixed_regs[22] = call_used_regs[22] = 1;
      fixed_regs[23] = call_used_regs[23] = 1;
      fixed_regs[26] = call_used_regs[26] = 1;
      fixed_regs[27] = call_used_regs[27] = 1;
      fixed_regs[30] = call_used_regs[30] = 1;
    }
  /* fp20-23 are now caller saved.  */
  if (mips_abi == ABI_64)
    {
      int regno;
      for (regno = FP_REG_FIRST + 20; regno < FP_REG_FIRST + 24; regno++)
        call_really_used_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
    }
  /* Odd registers from fp21 to fp31 are now caller saved.  */
  if (mips_abi == ABI_N32)
    {
      int regno;
      for (regno = FP_REG_FIRST + 21; regno <= FP_REG_FIRST + 31; regno+=2)
        call_really_used_regs[regno] = call_used_regs[regno] = 1;
    }
}

/* Allocate a chunk of memory for per-function machine-dependent data.  */
static struct machine_function *
mips_init_machine_status (void)
{
  return ((struct machine_function *)
          ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct machine_function)));
}

/* On the mips16, we want to allocate $24 (T_REG) before other
   registers for instructions for which it is possible.  This helps
   avoid shuffling registers around in order to set up for an xor,
   encouraging the compiler to use a cmp instead.  */

void
mips_order_regs_for_local_alloc (void)
{
  register int i;

  for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
    reg_alloc_order[i] = i;

  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      /* It really doesn't matter where we put register 0, since it is
         a fixed register anyhow.  */
      reg_alloc_order[0] = 24;
      reg_alloc_order[24] = 0;
    }
}

\f
/* The MIPS debug format wants all automatic variables and arguments
   to be in terms of the virtual frame pointer (stack pointer before
   any adjustment in the function), while the MIPS 3.0 linker wants
   the frame pointer to be the stack pointer after the initial
   adjustment.  So, we do the adjustment here.  The arg pointer (which
   is eliminated) points to the virtual frame pointer, while the frame
   pointer (which may be eliminated) points to the stack pointer after
   the initial adjustments.  */

HOST_WIDE_INT
mips_debugger_offset (rtx addr, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
{
  rtx offset2 = const0_rtx;
  rtx reg = eliminate_constant_term (addr, &offset2);

  if (offset == 0)
    offset = INTVAL (offset2);

  if (reg == stack_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx
      || reg == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size = (!cfun->machine->frame.initialized)
                                  ? compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ())
                                  : cfun->machine->frame.total_size;

      /* MIPS16 frame is smaller */
      if (frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_MIPS16)
        frame_size -= cfun->machine->frame.args_size;

      offset = offset - frame_size;
    }

  /* sdbout_parms does not want this to crash for unrecognized cases.  */
#if 0
  else if (reg != arg_pointer_rtx)
    fatal_insn ("mips_debugger_offset called with non stack/frame/arg pointer",
                addr);
#endif

  return offset;
}
\f
/* Implement the PRINT_OPERAND macro.  The MIPS-specific operand codes are:

   'X'  OP is CONST_INT, prints 32 bits in hexadecimal format = "0x%08x",
   'x'  OP is CONST_INT, prints 16 bits in hexadecimal format = "0x%04x",
   'h'  OP is HIGH, prints %hi(X),
   'd'  output integer constant in decimal,
   'z'  if the operand is 0, use $0 instead of normal operand.
   'D'  print second part of double-word register or memory operand.
   'L'  print low-order register of double-word register operand.
   'M'  print high-order register of double-word register operand.
   'C'  print part of opcode for a branch condition.
   'F'  print part of opcode for a floating-point branch condition.
   'N'  print part of opcode for a branch condition, inverted.
   'W'  print part of opcode for a floating-point branch condition, inverted.
   'S'  OP is CODE_LABEL, print with prefix of "LS" (for embedded switch).
   'B'  print 'z' for EQ, 'n' for NE
   'b'  print 'n' for EQ, 'z' for NE
   'T'  print 'f' for EQ, 't' for NE
   't'  print 't' for EQ, 'f' for NE
   'Z'  print register and a comma, but print nothing for $fcc0
   'R'  print the reloc associated with LO_SUM

   The punctuation characters are:

   '('  Turn on .set noreorder
   ')'  Turn on .set reorder
   '['  Turn on .set noat
   ']'  Turn on .set at
   '<'  Turn on .set nomacro
   '>'  Turn on .set macro
   '{'  Turn on .set volatile (not GAS)
   '}'  Turn on .set novolatile (not GAS)
   '&'  Turn on .set noreorder if filling delay slots
   '*'  Turn on both .set noreorder and .set nomacro if filling delay slots
   '!'  Turn on .set nomacro if filling delay slots
   '#'  Print nop if in a .set noreorder section.
   '/'  Like '#', but does nothing within a delayed branch sequence
   '?'  Print 'l' if we are to use a branch likely instead of normal branch.
   '@'  Print the name of the assembler temporary register (at or $1).
   '.'  Print the name of the register with a hard-wired zero (zero or $0).
   '^'  Print the name of the pic call-through register (t9 or $25).
   '$'  Print the name of the stack pointer register (sp or $29).
   '+'  Print the name of the gp register (usually gp or $28).
   '~'  Output a branch alignment to LABEL_ALIGN(NULL).  */

void
print_operand (FILE *file, rtx op, int letter)
{
  register enum rtx_code code;

  if (PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (letter))
    {
      switch (letter)
        {
        case '?':
          if (mips_branch_likely)
            putc ('l', file);
          break;

        case '@':
          fputs (reg_names [GP_REG_FIRST + 1], file);
          break;

        case '^':
          fputs (reg_names [PIC_FUNCTION_ADDR_REGNUM], file);
          break;

        case '.':
          fputs (reg_names [GP_REG_FIRST + 0], file);
          break;

        case '$':
          fputs (reg_names[STACK_POINTER_REGNUM], file);
          break;

        case '+':
          fputs (reg_names[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM], file);
          break;

        case '&':
          if (final_sequence != 0 && set_noreorder++ == 0)
            fputs (".set\tnoreorder\n\t", file);
          break;

        case '*':
          if (final_sequence != 0)
            {
              if (set_noreorder++ == 0)
                fputs (".set\tnoreorder\n\t", file);

              if (set_nomacro++ == 0)
                fputs (".set\tnomacro\n\t", file);
            }
          break;

        case '!':
          if (final_sequence != 0 && set_nomacro++ == 0)
            fputs ("\n\t.set\tnomacro", file);
          break;

        case '#':
          if (set_noreorder != 0)
            fputs ("\n\tnop", file);
          break;

        case '/':
          /* Print an extra newline so that the delayed insn is separated
             from the following ones.  This looks neater and is consistent
             with non-nop delayed sequences.  */
          if (set_noreorder != 0 && final_sequence == 0)
            fputs ("\n\tnop\n", file);
          break;

        case '(':
          if (set_noreorder++ == 0)
            fputs (".set\tnoreorder\n\t", file);
          break;

        case ')':
          if (set_noreorder == 0)
            error ("internal error: %%) found without a %%( in assembler pattern");

          else if (--set_noreorder == 0)
            fputs ("\n\t.set\treorder", file);

          break;

        case '[':
          if (set_noat++ == 0)
            fputs (".set\tnoat\n\t", file);
          break;

        case ']':
          if (set_noat == 0)
            error ("internal error: %%] found without a %%[ in assembler pattern");
          else if (--set_noat == 0)
            fputs ("\n\t.set\tat", file);

          break;

        case '<':
          if (set_nomacro++ == 0)
            fputs (".set\tnomacro\n\t", file);
          break;

        case '>':
          if (set_nomacro == 0)
            error ("internal error: %%> found without a %%< in assembler pattern");
          else if (--set_nomacro == 0)
            fputs ("\n\t.set\tmacro", file);

          break;

        case '{':
          if (set_volatile++ == 0)
            fprintf (file, "%s.set\tvolatile\n\t", TARGET_MIPS_AS ? "" : "#");
          break;

        case '}':
          if (set_volatile == 0)
            error ("internal error: %%} found without a %%{ in assembler pattern");
          else if (--set_volatile == 0)
            fprintf (file, "\n\t%s.set\tnovolatile", (TARGET_MIPS_AS) ? "" : "#");

          break;

        case '~':
          {
            if (align_labels_log > 0)
              ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, align_labels_log);
          }
        break;

        default:
          error ("PRINT_OPERAND: unknown punctuation '%c'", letter);
          break;
        }

      return;
    }

  if (! op)
    {
      error ("PRINT_OPERAND null pointer");
      return;
    }

  code = GET_CODE (op);

  if (letter == 'C')
    switch (code)
      {
      case EQ:  fputs ("eq",  file); break;
      case NE:  fputs ("ne",  file); break;
      case GT:  fputs ("gt",  file); break;
      case GE:  fputs ("ge",  file); break;
      case LT:  fputs ("lt",  file); break;
      case LE:  fputs ("le",  file); break;
      case GTU: fputs ("gtu", file); break;
      case GEU: fputs ("geu", file); break;
      case LTU: fputs ("ltu", file); break;
      case LEU: fputs ("leu", file); break;
      default:
        fatal_insn ("PRINT_OPERAND, invalid insn for %%C", op);
      }

  else if (letter == 'N')
    switch (code)
      {
      case EQ:  fputs ("ne",  file); break;
      case NE:  fputs ("eq",  file); break;
      case GT:  fputs ("le",  file); break;
      case GE:  fputs ("lt",  file); break;
      case LT:  fputs ("ge",  file); break;
      case LE:  fputs ("gt",  file); break;
      case GTU: fputs ("leu", file); break;
      case GEU: fputs ("ltu", file); break;
      case LTU: fputs ("geu", file); break;
      case LEU: fputs ("gtu", file); break;
      default:
        fatal_insn ("PRINT_OPERAND, invalid insn for %%N", op);
      }

  else if (letter == 'F')
    switch (code)
      {
      case EQ: fputs ("c1f", file); break;
      case NE: fputs ("c1t", file); break;
      default:
        fatal_insn ("PRINT_OPERAND, invalid insn for %%F", op);
      }

  else if (letter == 'W')
    switch (code)
      {
      case EQ: fputs ("c1t", file); break;
      case NE: fputs ("c1f", file); break;
      default:
        fatal_insn ("PRINT_OPERAND, invalid insn for %%W", op);
      }

  else if (letter == 'h')
    {
      if (GET_CODE (op) == HIGH)
        op = XEXP (op, 0);

      print_operand_reloc (file, op, mips_hi_relocs);
    }

  else if (letter == 'R')
    print_operand_reloc (file, op, mips_lo_relocs);

  else if (letter == 'S')
    {
      char buffer[100];

      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buffer, "LS", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (op));
      assemble_name (file, buffer);
    }

  else if (letter == 'Z')
    {
      register int regnum;

      if (code != REG)
        abort ();

      regnum = REGNO (op);
      if (! ST_REG_P (regnum))
        abort ();

      if (regnum != ST_REG_FIRST)
        fprintf (file, "%s,", reg_names[regnum]);
    }

  else if (code == REG || code == SUBREG)
    {
      register int regnum;

      if (code == REG)
        regnum = REGNO (op);
      else
        regnum = true_regnum (op);

      if ((letter == 'M' && ! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
          || (letter == 'L' && WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
          || letter == 'D')
        regnum++;

      fprintf (file, "%s", reg_names[regnum]);
    }

  else if (code == MEM)
    {
      if (letter == 'D')
        output_address (plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), 4));
      else
        output_address (XEXP (op, 0));
    }

  else if (letter == 'x' && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
    fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, 0xffff & INTVAL(op));

  else if (letter == 'X' && GET_CODE(op) == CONST_INT)
    fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, INTVAL (op));

  else if (letter == 'd' && GET_CODE(op) == CONST_INT)
    fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, (INTVAL(op)));

  else if (letter == 'z' && op == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op)))
    fputs (reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST], file);

  else if (letter == 'd' || letter == 'x' || letter == 'X')
    output_operand_lossage ("invalid use of %%d, %%x, or %%X");

  else if (letter == 'B')
    fputs (code == EQ ? "z" : "n", file);
  else if (letter == 'b')
    fputs (code == EQ ? "n" : "z", file);
  else if (letter == 'T')
    fputs (code == EQ ? "f" : "t", file);
  else if (letter == 't')
    fputs (code == EQ ? "t" : "f", file);

  else if (CONST_GP_P (op))
    print_operand (file, XEXP (op, 0), letter);

  else
    output_addr_const (file, op);
}


/* Print symbolic operand OP, which is part of a HIGH or LO_SUM.
   RELOCS is the array of relocations to use.  */

static void
print_operand_reloc (FILE *file, rtx op, const char **relocs)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;
  const char *p;
  rtx base;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

  if (!mips_symbolic_constant_p (op, &symbol_type) || relocs[symbol_type] == 0)
    fatal_insn ("PRINT_OPERAND, invalid operand for relocation", op);

  /* If OP uses an UNSPEC address, we want to print the inner symbol.  */
  mips_split_const (op, &base, &offset);
  if (UNSPEC_ADDRESS_P (base))
    op = plus_constant (UNSPEC_ADDRESS (base), offset);

  fputs (relocs[symbol_type], file);
  output_addr_const (file, op);
  for (p = relocs[symbol_type]; *p != 0; p++)
    if (*p == '(')
      fputc (')', file);
}
\f
/* Output address operand X to FILE.  */

void
print_operand_address (FILE *file, rtx x)
{
  struct mips_address_info addr;

  if (mips_classify_address (&addr, x, word_mode, true))
    switch (addr.type)
      {
      case ADDRESS_REG:
        print_operand (file, addr.offset, 0);
        fprintf (file, "(%s)", reg_names[REGNO (addr.reg)]);
        return;

      case ADDRESS_LO_SUM:
        print_operand (file, addr.offset, 'R');
        fprintf (file, "(%s)", reg_names[REGNO (addr.reg)]);
        return;

      case ADDRESS_CONST_INT:
      case ADDRESS_SYMBOLIC:
        output_addr_const (file, x);
        return;
      }
  abort ();
}
\f
/* Target hook for assembling integer objects.  It appears that the Irix
   6 assembler can't handle 64-bit decimal integers, so avoid printing
   such an integer here.  */

static bool
mips_assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p)
{
  if ((TARGET_64BIT || TARGET_GAS) && size == 8 && aligned_p)
    {
      fputs ("\t.dword\t", asm_out_file);
      if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT < 64 || GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT)
        output_addr_const (asm_out_file, x);
      else
        print_operand (asm_out_file, x, 'X');
      fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
      return true;
    }
  return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
}
\f
/* When using assembler macros, keep track of all of small-data externs
   so that mips_file_end can emit the appropriate declarations for them.

   In most cases it would be safe (though pointless) to emit .externs
   for other symbols too.  One exception is when an object is within
   the -G limit but declared by the user to be in a section other
   than .sbss or .sdata.  */

int
mips_output_external (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, tree decl, const char *name)
{
  register struct extern_list *p;

  if (!TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS && mips_in_small_data_p (decl))
    {
      p = (struct extern_list *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct extern_list));
      p->next = extern_head;
      p->name = name;
      p->size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
      extern_head = p;
    }

  if (TARGET_IRIX && mips_abi == ABI_32 && TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
    {
      p = (struct extern_list *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct extern_list));
      p->next = extern_head;
      p->name = name;
      p->size = -1;
      extern_head = p;
    }

  return 0;
}

#if TARGET_IRIX
void
irix_output_external_libcall (rtx fun)
{
  register struct extern_list *p;

  if (mips_abi == ABI_32)
    {
      p = (struct extern_list *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct extern_list));
      p->next = extern_head;
      p->name = XSTR (fun, 0);
      p->size = -1;
      extern_head = p;
    }
}
#endif
\f
/* Emit a new filename to a stream.  If we are smuggling stabs, try to
   put out a MIPS ECOFF file and a stab.  */

void
mips_output_filename (FILE *stream, const char *name)
{
  char ltext_label_name[100];

  /* If we are emitting DWARF-2, let dwarf2out handle the ".file"
     directives.  */
  if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
    return;
  else if (mips_output_filename_first_time)
    {
      mips_output_filename_first_time = 0;
      SET_FILE_NUMBER ();
      current_function_file = name;
      ASM_OUTPUT_FILENAME (stream, num_source_filenames, name);
      /* This tells mips-tfile that stabs will follow.  */
      if (!TARGET_GAS && write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG)
        fprintf (stream, "\t#@stabs\n");
    }

  else if (write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG)
    {
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ltext_label_name, "Ltext", 0);
      fprintf (stream, "%s", ASM_STABS_OP);
      output_quoted_string (stream, name);
      fprintf (stream, ",%d,0,0,%s\n", N_SOL, &ltext_label_name[1]);
    }

  else if (name != current_function_file
           && strcmp (name, current_function_file) != 0)
    {
      SET_FILE_NUMBER ();
      current_function_file = name;
      ASM_OUTPUT_FILENAME (stream, num_source_filenames, name);
    }
}
\f
/* Emit a linenumber.  For encapsulated stabs, we need to put out a stab
   as well as a .loc, since it is possible that MIPS ECOFF might not be
   able to represent the location for inlines that come from a different
   file.  */

void
mips_output_lineno (FILE *stream, int line)
{
  if (write_symbols == DBX_DEBUG)
    {
      ++sym_lineno;
      fprintf (stream, "%sLM%d:\n%s%d,0,%d,%sLM%d\n",
               LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX, sym_lineno, ASM_STABN_OP, N_SLINE, line,
               LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX, sym_lineno);
    }
  else
    {
      fprintf (stream, "\n\t.loc\t%d %d\n", num_source_filenames, line);
      LABEL_AFTER_LOC (stream);
    }
}
\f
/* Output an ASCII string, in a space-saving way.  */

void
mips_output_ascii (FILE *stream, const char *string_param, size_t len)
{
  size_t i;
  int cur_pos = 17;
  register const unsigned char *string =
    (const unsigned char *)string_param;

  fprintf (stream, "\t.ascii\t\"");
  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
    {
      register int c = string[i];

      switch (c)
        {
        case '\"':
        case '\\':
          putc ('\\', stream);
          putc (c, stream);
          cur_pos += 2;
          break;

        case TARGET_NEWLINE:
          fputs ("\\n", stream);
          if (i+1 < len
              && (((c = string[i+1]) >= '\040' && c <= '~')
                  || c == TARGET_TAB))
            cur_pos = 32767;            /* break right here */
          else
            cur_pos += 2;
          break;

        case TARGET_TAB:
          fputs ("\\t", stream);
          cur_pos += 2;
          break;

        case TARGET_FF:
          fputs ("\\f", stream);
          cur_pos += 2;
          break;

        case TARGET_BS:
          fputs ("\\b", stream);
          cur_pos += 2;
          break;

        case TARGET_CR:
          fputs ("\\r", stream);
          cur_pos += 2;
          break;

        default:
          if (c >= ' ' && c < 0177)
            {
              putc (c, stream);
              cur_pos++;
            }
          else
            {
              fprintf (stream, "\\%03o", c);
              cur_pos += 4;
            }
        }

      if (cur_pos > 72 && i+1 < len)
        {
          cur_pos = 17;
          fprintf (stream, "\"\n\t.ascii\t\"");
        }
    }
  fprintf (stream, "\"\n");
}
\f
/* Implement TARGET_ASM_FILE_START.  */

static void
mips_file_start (void)
{
  default_file_start ();

  /* Versions of the MIPS assembler before 2.20 generate errors if a branch
     inside of a .set noreorder section jumps to a label outside of the .set
     noreorder section.  Revision 2.20 just set nobopt silently rather than
     fixing the bug.  */

  if (TARGET_MIPS_AS && optimize && flag_delayed_branch)
    fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tnobopt\n");

  if (TARGET_GAS)
    {
#if defined(OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF) && !TARGET_IRIX
      /* Generate a special section to describe the ABI switches used to
         produce the resultant binary.  This used to be done by the assembler
         setting bits in the ELF header's flags field, but we have run out of
         bits.  GDB needs this information in order to be able to correctly
         debug these binaries.  See the function mips_gdbarch_init() in
         gdb/mips-tdep.c.  This is unnecessary for the IRIX 5/6 ABIs and
         causes unnecessary IRIX 6 ld warnings.  */
      const char * abi_string = NULL;

      switch (mips_abi)
        {
        case ABI_32:   abi_string = "abi32"; break;
        case ABI_N32:  abi_string = "abiN32"; break;
        case ABI_64:   abi_string = "abi64"; break;
        case ABI_O64:  abi_string = "abiO64"; break;
        case ABI_EABI: abi_string = TARGET_64BIT ? "eabi64" : "eabi32"; break;
        default:
          abort ();
        }
      /* Note - we use fprintf directly rather than called named_section()
         because in this way we can avoid creating an allocated section.  We
         do not want this section to take up any space in the running
         executable.  */
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section .mdebug.%s\n", abi_string);

      /* Restore the default section.  */
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.previous\n");
#endif
    }

  /* Generate the pseudo ops that System V.4 wants.  */
#ifndef ABICALLS_ASM_OP
#define ABICALLS_ASM_OP "\t.abicalls"
#endif
  if (TARGET_ABICALLS)
    /* ??? but do not want this (or want pic0) if -non-shared? */
    fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s\n", ABICALLS_ASM_OP);

  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tmips16\n");

  if (flag_verbose_asm)
    fprintf (asm_out_file, "\n%s -G value = %d, Arch = %s, ISA = %d\n",
             ASM_COMMENT_START,
             mips_section_threshold, mips_arch_info->name, mips_isa);
}

#ifdef BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
/* Implement ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS.  This differs from the default only
   in the use of sbss.  */

void
mips_output_aligned_bss (FILE *stream, tree decl, const char *name,
                         unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, int align)
{
  extern tree last_assemble_variable_decl;

  if (mips_in_small_data_p (decl))
    named_section (0, ".sbss", 0);
  else
    bss_section ();
  ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (stream, floor_log2 (align / BITS_PER_UNIT));
  last_assemble_variable_decl = decl;
  ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (stream, name, decl);
  ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (stream, size != 0 ? size : 1);
}
#endif
\f
/* Implement TARGET_ASM_FILE_END.  When using assembler macros, emit
   .externs for any small-data variables that turned out to be external.  */

static void
mips_file_end (void)
{
  tree name_tree;
  struct extern_list *p;

  if (extern_head)
    {
      fputs ("\n", asm_out_file);

      for (p = extern_head; p != 0; p = p->next)
        {
          name_tree = get_identifier (p->name);

          /* Positively ensure only one .extern for any given symbol.  */
          if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree)
              && TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (name_tree))
            {
              TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree) = 1;
              /* In IRIX 5 or IRIX 6 for the O32 ABI, we must output a
                 `.global name .text' directive for every used but
                 undefined function.  If we don't, the linker may perform
                 an optimization (skipping over the insns that set $gp)
                 when it is unsafe.  */
              if (TARGET_IRIX && mips_abi == ABI_32 && p->size == -1)
                {
                  fputs ("\t.globl ", asm_out_file);                   
                  assemble_name (asm_out_file, p->name);
                  fputs (" .text\n", asm_out_file);
                }
              else
                {
                  fputs ("\t.extern\t", asm_out_file);
                  assemble_name (asm_out_file, p->name);
                  fprintf (asm_out_file, ", %d\n", p->size);
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

/* Emit either a label, .comm, or .lcomm directive.  When using assembler
   macros, mark the symbol as written so that mips_file_end won't emit an
   .extern for it.  */

void
mips_declare_object (FILE *stream, const char *name, const char *init_string,
                     const char *final_string, int size)
{
  fputs (init_string, stream);          /* "", "\t.comm\t", or "\t.lcomm\t" */
  assemble_name (stream, name);
  fprintf (stream, final_string, size); /* ":\n", ",%u\n", ",%u\n" */

  if (!TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    {
      tree name_tree = get_identifier (name);
      TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree) = 1;
    }
}

#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE
extern int size_directive_output;

/* Implement ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME.  This is like most of the standard ELF
   definitions except that it uses mips_declare_object() to emit the label.  */

void
mips_declare_object_name (FILE *stream, const char *name,
                          tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (!TARGET_SGI_O32_AS)
    {
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE
      ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (stream, name, "object");
#endif

      size_directive_output = 0;
      if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive && DECL_SIZE (decl))
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT size;

          size_directive_output = 1;
          size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
          ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (stream, name, size);
        }
    }

  mips_declare_object (stream, name, "", ":\n", 0);
}

/* Implement ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT.  This is generic ELF stuff.  */

void
mips_finish_declare_object (FILE *stream, tree decl, int top_level, int at_end)
{
  const char *name;

  name = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0), 0);
  if (!TARGET_SGI_O32_AS
      && !flag_inhibit_size_directive
      && DECL_SIZE (decl) != 0
      && !at_end && top_level
      && DECL_INITIAL (decl) == error_mark_node
      && !size_directive_output)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT size;

      size_directive_output = 1;
      size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
      ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (stream, name, size);
    }
}
#endif
\f
/* Return true if X is a small data address that can be rewritten
   as a LO_SUM.  */

static bool
mips_rewrite_small_data_p (rtx x)
{
  enum mips_symbol_type symbol_type;

  return (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
          && mips_symbolic_constant_p (x, &symbol_type)
          && symbol_type == SYMBOL_SMALL_DATA);
}


/* A for_each_rtx callback for small_data_pattern.  */

static int
small_data_pattern_1 (rtx *loc, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (GET_CODE (*loc) == LO_SUM)
    return -1;

  return mips_rewrite_small_data_p (*loc);
}

/* Return true if OP refers to small data symbols directly, not through
   a LO_SUM.  */

int
small_data_pattern (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  return (GET_CODE (op) != SEQUENCE
          && for_each_rtx (&op, small_data_pattern_1, 0));
}
\f
/* A for_each_rtx callback, used by mips_rewrite_small_data.  */

static int
mips_rewrite_small_data_1 (rtx *loc, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (mips_rewrite_small_data_p (*loc))
    *loc = gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode, pic_offset_table_rtx, *loc);

  if (GET_CODE (*loc) == LO_SUM)
    return -1;

  return 0;
}

/* If possible, rewrite OP so that it refers to small data using
   explicit relocations.  */

rtx
mips_rewrite_small_data (rtx op)
{
  op = copy_insn (op);
  for_each_rtx (&op, mips_rewrite_small_data_1, 0);
  return op;
}
\f
/* Return true if the current function has an insn that implicitly
   refers to $gp.  */

static bool
mips_function_has_gp_insn (void)
{
  /* Don't bother rechecking if we found one last time.  */
  if (!cfun->machine->has_gp_insn_p)
    {
      rtx insn;

      push_topmost_sequence ();
      for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
        if (INSN_P (insn)
            && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
            && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER
            && (get_attr_got (insn) != GOT_UNSET
                || small_data_pattern (PATTERN (insn), VOIDmode)))
          break;
      pop_topmost_sequence ();

      cfun->machine->has_gp_insn_p = (insn != 0);
    }
  return cfun->machine->has_gp_insn_p;
}


/* Return the register that should be used as the global pointer
   within this function.  Return 0 if the function doesn't need
   a global pointer.  */

static unsigned int
mips_global_pointer (void)
{
  unsigned int regno;

  /* $gp is always available in non-abicalls code.  */
  if (!TARGET_ABICALLS)
    return GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM;

  /* We must always provide $gp when it is used implicitly.  */
  if (!TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    return GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM;

  /* FUNCTION_PROFILER includes a jal macro, so we need to give it
     a valid gp.  */
  if (current_function_profile)
    return GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM;

  /* If the function has a nonlocal goto, $gp must hold the correct
     global pointer for the target function.  */
  if (current_function_has_nonlocal_goto)
    return GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM;

  /* If the gp is never referenced, there's no need to initialize it.
     Note that reload can sometimes introduce constant pool references
     into a function that otherwise didn't need them.  For example,
     suppose we have an instruction like:

          (set (reg:DF R1) (float:DF (reg:SI R2)))

     If R2 turns out to be constant such as 1, the instruction may have a
     REG_EQUAL note saying that R1 == 1.0.  Reload then has the option of
     using this constant if R2 doesn't get allocated to a register.

     In cases like these, reload will have added the constant to the pool
     but no instruction will yet refer to it.  */
  if (!regs_ever_live[GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM]
      && !current_function_uses_const_pool
      && !mips_function_has_gp_insn ())
    return 0;

  /* We need a global pointer, but perhaps we can use a call-clobbered
     register instead of $gp.  */
  if (TARGET_NEWABI && current_function_is_leaf)
    for (regno = GP_REG_FIRST; regno <= GP_REG_LAST; regno++)
      if (!regs_ever_live[regno]
          && call_used_regs[regno]
          && !fixed_regs[regno]
          && regno != PIC_FUNCTION_ADDR_REGNUM)
        return regno;

  return GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM;
}


/* Return true if the current function must save REGNO.  */

static bool
mips_save_reg_p (unsigned int regno)
{
  /* We only need to save $gp for NewABI PIC.  */
  if (regno == GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM)
    return (TARGET_ABICALLS && TARGET_NEWABI
            && cfun->machine->global_pointer == regno);

  /* Check call-saved registers.  */
  if (regs_ever_live[regno] && !call_used_regs[regno])
    return true;

  /* We need to save the old frame pointer before setting up a new one.  */
  if (regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && frame_pointer_needed)
    return true;

  /* We need to save the incoming return address if it is ever clobbered
     within the function.  */
  if (regno == GP_REG_FIRST + 31 && regs_ever_live[regno])
    return true;

  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      tree return_type;

      return_type = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl);

      /* $18 is a special case in mips16 code.  It may be used to call
         a function which returns a floating point value, but it is
         marked in call_used_regs.  */
      if (regno == GP_REG_FIRST + 18 && regs_ever_live[regno])
        return true;

      /* $31 is also a special case.  It will be used to copy a return
         value into the floating point registers if the return value is
         floating point.  */
      if (regno == GP_REG_FIRST + 31
          && mips16_hard_float
          && !aggregate_value_p (return_type, current_function_decl)
          && GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (return_type)) == MODE_FLOAT
          && GET_MODE_SIZE (DECL_MODE (return_type)) <= UNITS_PER_FPVALUE)
        return true;
    }

  return false;
}


/* Return the bytes needed to compute the frame pointer from the current
   stack pointer.  SIZE is the size (in bytes) of the local variables.

   Mips stack frames look like:

             Before call                        After call
        +-----------------------+       +-----------------------+
   high |                       |       |                       |
   mem. |                       |       |                       |
        |  caller's temps.      |       |  caller's temps.      |
        |                       |       |                       |
        +-----------------------+       +-----------------------+
        |                       |       |                       |
        |  arguments on stack.  |       |  arguments on stack.  |
        |                       |       |                       |
        +-----------------------+       +-----------------------+
        |  4 words to save      |       |  4 words to save      |
        |  arguments passed     |       |  arguments passed     |
        |  in registers, even   |       |  in registers, even   |
    SP->|  if not passed.       |  VFP->|  if not passed.       |
        +-----------------------+       +-----------------------+
                                        |                       |
                                        |  fp register save     |
                                        |                       |
                                        +-----------------------+
                                        |                       |
                                        |  gp register save     |
                                        |                       |
                                        +-----------------------+
                                        |                       |
                                        |  local variables      |
                                        |                       |
                                        +-----------------------+
                                        |                       |
                                        |  alloca allocations   |
                                        |                       |
                                        +-----------------------+
                                        |                       |
                                        |  GP save for V.4 abi  |
                                        |                       |
                                        +-----------------------+
                                        |                       |
                                        |  arguments on stack   |
                                        |                       |
                                        +-----------------------+
                                        |  4 words to save      |
                                        |  arguments passed     |
                                        |  in registers, even   |
   low                              SP->|  if not passed.       |
   memory                               +-----------------------+

*/

HOST_WIDE_INT
compute_frame_size (HOST_WIDE_INT size)
{
  unsigned int regno;
  HOST_WIDE_INT total_size;     /* # bytes that the entire frame takes up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT var_size;       /* # bytes that variables take up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;      /* # bytes that outgoing arguments take up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT cprestore_size; /* # bytes that the cprestore slot takes up */
  HOST_WIDE_INT gp_reg_rounded; /* # bytes needed to store gp after rounding */
  HOST_WIDE_INT gp_reg_size;    /* # bytes needed to store gp regs */
  HOST_WIDE_INT fp_reg_size;    /* # bytes needed to store fp regs */
  unsigned int mask;            /* mask of saved gp registers */
  unsigned int fmask;           /* mask of saved fp registers */

  cfun->machine->global_pointer = mips_global_pointer ();

  gp_reg_size = 0;
  fp_reg_size = 0;
  mask = 0;
  fmask = 0;
  var_size = MIPS_STACK_ALIGN (size);
  args_size = current_function_outgoing_args_size;
  cprestore_size = MIPS_STACK_ALIGN (STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET) - args_size;

  /* The space set aside by STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET isn't needed in leaf
     functions.  If the function has local variables, we're committed
     to allocating it anyway.  Otherwise reclaim it here.  */
  if (var_size == 0 && current_function_is_leaf)
    cprestore_size = args_size = 0;

  /* The MIPS 3.0 linker does not like functions that dynamically
     allocate the stack and have 0 for STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET, since it
     looks like we are trying to create a second frame pointer to the
     function, so allocate some stack space to make it happy.  */

  if (args_size == 0 && current_function_calls_alloca)
    args_size = 4 * UNITS_PER_WORD;

  total_size = var_size + args_size + cprestore_size;

  /* Calculate space needed for gp registers.  */
  for (regno = GP_REG_FIRST; regno <= GP_REG_LAST; regno++)
    if (mips_save_reg_p (regno))
      {
        gp_reg_size += GET_MODE_SIZE (gpr_mode);
        mask |= 1 << (regno - GP_REG_FIRST);
      }

  /* We need to restore these for the handler.  */
  if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
    {
      unsigned int i;
      for (i = 0; ; ++i)
        {
          regno = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
          if (regno == INVALID_REGNUM)
            break;
          gp_reg_size += GET_MODE_SIZE (gpr_mode);
          mask |= 1 << (regno - GP_REG_FIRST);
        }
    }

  /* This loop must iterate over the same space as its companion in
     save_restore_insns.  */
  for (regno = (FP_REG_LAST - FP_INC + 1);
       regno >= FP_REG_FIRST;
       regno -= FP_INC)
    {
      if (mips_save_reg_p (regno))
        {
          fp_reg_size += FP_INC * UNITS_PER_FPREG;
          fmask |= ((1 << FP_INC) - 1) << (regno - FP_REG_FIRST);
        }
    }

  gp_reg_rounded = MIPS_STACK_ALIGN (gp_reg_size);
  total_size += gp_reg_rounded + MIPS_STACK_ALIGN (fp_reg_size);

  /* Add in space reserved on the stack by the callee for storing arguments
     passed in registers.  */
  if (mips_abi != ABI_32 && mips_abi != ABI_O64)
    total_size += MIPS_STACK_ALIGN (current_function_pretend_args_size);

  /* Save other computed information.  */
  cfun->machine->frame.total_size = total_size;
  cfun->machine->frame.var_size = var_size;
  cfun->machine->frame.args_size = args_size;
  cfun->machine->frame.cprestore_size = cprestore_size;
  cfun->machine->frame.gp_reg_size = gp_reg_size;
  cfun->machine->frame.fp_reg_size = fp_reg_size;
  cfun->machine->frame.mask = mask;
  cfun->machine->frame.fmask = fmask;
  cfun->machine->frame.initialized = reload_completed;
  cfun->machine->frame.num_gp = gp_reg_size / UNITS_PER_WORD;
  cfun->machine->frame.num_fp = fp_reg_size / (FP_INC * UNITS_PER_FPREG);

  if (mask)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

      offset = (args_size + cprestore_size + var_size
                + gp_reg_size - GET_MODE_SIZE (gpr_mode));
      cfun->machine->frame.gp_sp_offset = offset;
      cfun->machine->frame.gp_save_offset = offset - total_size;
    }
  else
    {
      cfun->machine->frame.gp_sp_offset = 0;
      cfun->machine->frame.gp_save_offset = 0;
    }

  if (fmask)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

      offset = (args_size + cprestore_size + var_size
                + gp_reg_rounded + fp_reg_size
                - FP_INC * UNITS_PER_FPREG);
      cfun->machine->frame.fp_sp_offset = offset;
      cfun->machine->frame.fp_save_offset = offset - total_size;
    }
  else
    {
      cfun->machine->frame.fp_sp_offset = 0;
      cfun->machine->frame.fp_save_offset = 0;
    }

  /* Ok, we're done.  */
  return total_size;
}
\f
/* Implement INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET.  FROM is either the frame
   pointer or argument pointer.  TO is either the stack pointer or
   hard frame pointer.  */

HOST_WIDE_INT
mips_initial_elimination_offset (int from, int to)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

  compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ());

  /* Set OFFSET to the offset from the stack pointer.  */
  switch (from)
    {
    case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
      offset = 0;
      break;

    case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
      offset = cfun->machine->frame.total_size;
      if (mips_abi == ABI_N32 || mips_abi == ABI_64)
        offset -= current_function_pretend_args_size;
      break;

    default:
      abort ();
    }

  if (TARGET_MIPS16 && to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
    offset -= cfun->machine->frame.args_size;

  return offset;
}
\f
/* Implement RETURN_ADDR_RTX.  Note, we do not support moving
   back to a previous frame.  */
rtx
mips_return_addr (int count, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if (count != 0)
    return const0_rtx;

  return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode, GP_REG_FIRST + 31);
}
\f
/* Use FN to save or restore register REGNO.  MODE is the register's
   mode and OFFSET is the offset of its save slot from the current
   stack pointer.  */

static void
mips_save_restore_reg (enum machine_mode mode, int regno,
                       HOST_WIDE_INT offset, mips_save_restore_fn fn)
{
  rtx mem;

  mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, offset));
  if (!current_function_calls_eh_return)
    RTX_UNCHANGING_P (mem) = 1;

  fn (gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno), mem);
}


/* Call FN for each register that is saved by the current function.
   SP_OFFSET is the offset of the current stack pointer from the start
   of the frame.  */

static void
mips_for_each_saved_reg (HOST_WIDE_INT sp_offset, mips_save_restore_fn fn)
{
#define BITSET_P(VALUE, BIT) (((VALUE) & (1L << (BIT))) != 0)

  enum machine_mode fpr_mode;
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
  int regno;

  /* Save registers starting from high to low.  The debuggers prefer at least
     the return register be stored at func+4, and also it allows us not to
     need a nop in the epilog if at least one register is reloaded in
     addition to return address.  */
  offset = cfun->machine->frame.gp_sp_offset - sp_offset;
  for (regno = GP_REG_LAST; regno >= GP_REG_FIRST; regno--)
    if (BITSET_P (cfun->machine->frame.mask, regno - GP_REG_FIRST))
      {
        mips_save_restore_reg (gpr_mode, regno, offset, fn);
        offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (gpr_mode);
      }

  /* This loop must iterate over the same space as its companion in
     compute_frame_size.  */
  offset = cfun->machine->frame.fp_sp_offset - sp_offset;
  fpr_mode = (TARGET_SINGLE_FLOAT ? SFmode : DFmode);
  for (regno = (FP_REG_LAST - FP_INC + 1);
       regno >= FP_REG_FIRST;
       regno -= FP_INC)
    if (BITSET_P (cfun->machine->frame.fmask, regno - FP_REG_FIRST))
      {
        mips_save_restore_reg (fpr_mode, regno, offset, fn);
        offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (fpr_mode);
      }
#undef BITSET_P
}
\f
/* Set up the stack and frame (if desired) for the function.  */

static void
mips_output_function_prologue (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  const char *fnname;
  HOST_WIDE_INT tsize = cfun->machine->frame.total_size;

  /* ??? When is this really needed?  At least the GNU assembler does not
     need the source filename more than once in the file, beyond what is
     emitted by the debug information.  */
  if (!TARGET_GAS)
    ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file, DECL_SOURCE_FILE (current_function_decl));

#ifdef SDB_DEBUGGING_INFO
  if (debug_info_level != DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE && write_symbols == SDB_DEBUG)
    ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (file, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (current_function_decl), 0);
#endif

  /* In mips16 mode, we may need to generate a 32 bit to handle
     floating point arguments.  The linker will arrange for any 32 bit
     functions to call this stub, which will then jump to the 16 bit
     function proper.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16 && !TARGET_SOFT_FLOAT
      && current_function_args_info.fp_code != 0)
    build_mips16_function_stub (file);

  if (!FUNCTION_NAME_ALREADY_DECLARED)
    {
      /* Get the function name the same way that toplev.c does before calling
         assemble_start_function.  This is needed so that the name used here
         exactly matches the name used in ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME.  */
      fnname = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0);

      if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive)
        {
          fputs ("\t.ent\t", file);
          assemble_name (file, fnname);
          fputs ("\n", file);
        }

      assemble_name (file, fnname);
      fputs (":\n", file);
    }

  if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive)
    {
      /* .frame FRAMEREG, FRAMESIZE, RETREG */
      fprintf (file,
               "\t.frame\t%s," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC ",%s\t\t"
               "# vars= " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC ", regs= %d/%d"
               ", args= " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
               ", gp= " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n",
               (reg_names[(frame_pointer_needed)
                          ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM]),
               ((frame_pointer_needed && TARGET_MIPS16)
                ? tsize - cfun->machine->frame.args_size
                : tsize),
               reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 31],
               cfun->machine->frame.var_size,
               cfun->machine->frame.num_gp,
               cfun->machine->frame.num_fp,
               cfun->machine->frame.args_size,
               cfun->machine->frame.cprestore_size);

      /* .mask MASK, GPOFFSET; .fmask FPOFFSET */
      fprintf (file, "\t.mask\t0x%08x," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n",
               cfun->machine->frame.mask,
               cfun->machine->frame.gp_save_offset);
      fprintf (file, "\t.fmask\t0x%08x," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC "\n",
               cfun->machine->frame.fmask,
               cfun->machine->frame.fp_save_offset);

      /* Require:
         OLD_SP == *FRAMEREG + FRAMESIZE => can find old_sp from nominated FP reg.
         HIGHEST_GP_SAVED == *FRAMEREG + FRAMESIZE + GPOFFSET => can find saved regs.  */
    }

  if (TARGET_ABICALLS && !TARGET_NEWABI && cfun->machine->global_pointer > 0)
    {
      /* Handle the initialization of $gp for SVR4 PIC.  */
      if (!cfun->machine->all_noreorder_p)
        output_asm_insn ("%(.cpload\t%^%)", 0);
      else
        output_asm_insn ("%(.cpload\t%^\n\t%<", 0);
    }
  else if (cfun->machine->all_noreorder_p)
    output_asm_insn ("%(%<", 0);
}
\f
/* Make the last instruction frame related and note that it performs
   the operation described by FRAME_PATTERN.  */

static void
mips_set_frame_expr (rtx frame_pattern)
{
  rtx insn;

  insn = get_last_insn ();
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
  REG_NOTES (insn) = alloc_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
                                      frame_pattern,
                                      REG_NOTES (insn));
}


/* Return a frame-related rtx that stores REG at MEM.
   REG must be a single register.  */

static rtx
mips_frame_set (rtx mem, rtx reg)
{
  rtx set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem, reg);
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (set) = 1;
  return set;
}


/* Save register REG to MEM.  Make the instruction frame-related.  */

static void
mips_save_reg (rtx reg, rtx mem)
{
  if (GET_MODE (reg) == DFmode && !TARGET_FLOAT64)
    {
      rtx x1, x2;

      if (mips_split_64bit_move_p (mem, reg))
        mips_split_64bit_move (mem, reg);
      else
        emit_move_insn (mem, reg);

      x1 = mips_frame_set (mips_subword (mem, 0), mips_subword (reg, 0));
      x2 = mips_frame_set (mips_subword (mem, 1), mips_subword (reg, 1));
      mips_set_frame_expr (gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec (2, x1, x2)));
    }
  else
    {
      if (TARGET_MIPS16
          && REGNO (reg) != GP_REG_FIRST + 31
          && !M16_REG_P (REGNO (reg)))
        {
          /* Save a non-mips16 register by moving it through a temporary.
             We don't need to do this for $31 since there's a special
             instruction for it.  */
          emit_move_insn (MIPS_PROLOGUE_TEMP (GET_MODE (reg)), reg);
          emit_move_insn (mem, MIPS_PROLOGUE_TEMP (GET_MODE (reg)));
        }
      else
        emit_move_insn (mem, reg);

      mips_set_frame_expr (mips_frame_set (mem, reg));
    }
}


/* Expand the prologue into a bunch of separate insns.  */

void
mips_expand_prologue (void)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT size;

  if (cfun->machine->global_pointer > 0)
    REGNO (pic_offset_table_rtx) = cfun->machine->global_pointer;

  size = compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ());

  /* Save the registers.  Allocate up to MIPS_MAX_FIRST_STACK_STEP
     bytes beforehand; this is enough to cover the register save area
     without going out of range.  */
  if ((cfun->machine->frame.mask | cfun->machine->frame.fmask) != 0)
    {
      HOST_WIDE_INT step1;

      step1 = MIN (size, MIPS_MAX_FIRST_STACK_STEP);
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                     stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                     GEN_INT (-step1)))) = 1;
      size -= step1;
      mips_for_each_saved_reg (size, mips_save_reg);
    }

  /* Allocate the rest of the frame.  */
  if (size > 0)
    {
      if (SMALL_OPERAND (-size))
        RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                       stack_pointer_rtx,
                                                       GEN_INT (-size)))) = 1;
      else
        {
          emit_move_insn (MIPS_PROLOGUE_TEMP (Pmode), GEN_INT (size));
          if (TARGET_MIPS16)
            {
              /* There are no instructions to add or subtract registers
                 from the stack pointer, so use the frame pointer as a
                 temporary.  We should always be using a frame pointer
                 in this case anyway.  */
              if (!frame_pointer_needed)
                abort ();

              emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, stack_pointer_rtx);
              emit_insn (gen_sub3_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                        hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                        MIPS_PROLOGUE_TEMP (Pmode)));
              emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx);
            }
          else
            emit_insn (gen_sub3_insn (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                      stack_pointer_rtx,
                                      MIPS_PROLOGUE_TEMP (Pmode)));

          /* Describe the combined effect of the previous instructions.  */
          mips_set_frame_expr
            (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
                          plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, -size)));
        }
    }

  /* Set up the frame pointer, if we're using one.  In mips16 code,
     we point the frame pointer ahead of the outgoing argument area.
     This should allow more variables & incoming arguments to be
     accessed with unextended instructions.  */
  if (frame_pointer_needed)
    {
      if (TARGET_MIPS16 && cfun->machine->frame.args_size != 0)
        {
          rtx offset = GEN_INT (cfun->machine->frame.args_size);
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
            (emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                       stack_pointer_rtx,
                                       offset))) = 1;
        }
      else
        RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
                                             stack_pointer_rtx)) = 1;
    }

  /* If generating o32/o64 abicalls, save $gp on the stack.  */
  if (TARGET_ABICALLS && !TARGET_NEWABI && !current_function_is_leaf)
    emit_insn (gen_cprestore (GEN_INT (current_function_outgoing_args_size)));

  /* If generating n32/n64 abicalls, emit the instructions to load $gp.  */
  if (TARGET_ABICALLS && TARGET_NEWABI && cfun->machine->global_pointer > 0)
    {
      rtx addr, offset, incoming_address;

      addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0);
      offset = mips_unspec_address (addr, SYMBOL_GOTOFF_LOADGP);
      incoming_address = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, PIC_FUNCTION_ADDR_REGNUM);
      emit_insn (gen_loadgp (offset, incoming_address));
      if (!TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
        emit_insn (gen_loadgp_blockage ());
    }

  /* If we are profiling, make sure no instructions are scheduled before
     the call to mcount.  */

  if (current_function_profile)
    emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
}
\f
/* Do any necessary cleanup after a function to restore stack, frame,
   and regs.  */

#define RA_MASK BITMASK_HIGH    /* 1 << 31 */
#define PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_MASK (1 << (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM - GP_REG_FIRST))

static void
mips_output_function_epilogue (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                               HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  rtx string;

  if (cfun->machine->all_noreorder_p)
    {
      /* Avoid using %>%) since it adds excess whitespace.  */
      output_asm_insn (".set\tmacro", 0);
      output_asm_insn (".set\treorder", 0);
      set_noreorder = set_nomacro = 0;
    }

  if (!FUNCTION_NAME_ALREADY_DECLARED && !flag_inhibit_size_directive)
    {
      const char *fnname;

      /* Get the function name the same way that toplev.c does before calling
         assemble_start_function.  This is needed so that the name used here
         exactly matches the name used in ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME.  */
      fnname = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0);
      fputs ("\t.end\t", file);
      assemble_name (file, fnname);
      fputs ("\n", file);
    }

  while (string_constants != NULL)
    {
      struct string_constant *next;

      next = string_constants->next;
      free (string_constants);
      string_constants = next;
    }

  /* If any following function uses the same strings as this one, force
     them to refer those strings indirectly.  Nearby functions could
     refer them using pc-relative addressing, but it isn't safe in
     general.  For instance, some functions may be placed in sections
     other than .text, and we don't know whether they be close enough
     to this one.  In large files, even other .text functions can be
     too far away.  */
  for (string = mips16_strings; string != 0; string = XEXP (string, 1))
    SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (XEXP (string, 0)) = 0;
  free_EXPR_LIST_list (&mips16_strings);

  /* Reinstate the normal $gp.  */
  REGNO (pic_offset_table_rtx) = GLOBAL_POINTER_REGNUM;
}
\f
/* Emit instructions to restore register REG from slot MEM.  */

static void
mips_restore_reg (rtx reg, rtx mem)
{
  /* There's no mips16 instruction to load $31 directly.  Load into
     $7 instead and adjust the return insn appropriately.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16 && REGNO (reg) == GP_REG_FIRST + 31)
    reg = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (reg), 7);

  if (TARGET_MIPS16 && !M16_REG_P (REGNO (reg)))
    {
      /* Can't restore directly; move through a temporary.  */
      emit_move_insn (MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (GET_MODE (reg)), mem);
      emit_move_insn (reg, MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (GET_MODE (reg)));
    }
  else
    emit_move_insn (reg, mem);
}


/* Expand the epilogue into a bunch of separate insns.  SIBCALL_P is true
   if this epilogue precedes a sibling call, false if it is for a normal
   "epilogue" pattern.  */

void
mips_expand_epilogue (int sibcall_p)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT step1, step2;
  rtx base, target;

  if (!sibcall_p && mips_can_use_return_insn ())
    {
      emit_jump_insn (gen_return ());
      return;
    }

  /* Split the frame into two.  STEP1 is the amount of stack we should
     deallocate before restoring the registers.  STEP2 is the amount we
     should deallocate afterwards.

     Start off by assuming that no registers need to be restored.  */
  step1 = cfun->machine->frame.total_size;
  step2 = 0;

  /* Work out which register holds the frame address.  Account for the
     frame pointer offset used by mips16 code.  */
  if (!frame_pointer_needed)
    base = stack_pointer_rtx;
  else
    {
      base = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        step1 -= cfun->machine->frame.args_size;
    }

  /* If we need to restore registers, deallocate as much stack as
     possible in the second step without going out of range.  */
  if ((cfun->machine->frame.mask | cfun->machine->frame.fmask) != 0)
    {
      step2 = MIN (step1, MIPS_MAX_FIRST_STACK_STEP);
      step1 -= step2;
    }

  /* Set TARGET to BASE + STEP1.  */
  target = base;
  if (step1 > 0)
    {
      rtx adjust;

      /* Get an rtx for STEP1 that we can add to BASE.  */
      adjust = GEN_INT (step1);
      if (!SMALL_OPERAND (step1))
        {
          emit_move_insn (MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (Pmode), adjust);
          adjust = MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (Pmode);
        }

      /* Normal mode code can copy the result straight into $sp.  */
      if (!TARGET_MIPS16)
        target = stack_pointer_rtx;

      emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (target, base, adjust));
    }

  /* Copy TARGET into the stack pointer.  */
  if (target != stack_pointer_rtx)
    emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, target);

  /* If we're using addressing macros for n32/n64 abicalls, $gp is
     implicitly used by all SYMBOL_REFs.  We must emit a blockage
     insn before restoring it.  */
  if (TARGET_ABICALLS && TARGET_NEWABI && !TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    emit_insn (gen_blockage ());

  /* Restore the registers.  */
  mips_for_each_saved_reg (cfun->machine->frame.total_size - step2,
                           mips_restore_reg);

  /* Deallocate the final bit of the frame.  */
  if (step2 > 0)
    emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (stack_pointer_rtx,
                              stack_pointer_rtx,
                              GEN_INT (step2)));
    
  /* Add in the __builtin_eh_return stack adjustment.   We need to
     use a temporary in mips16 code.  */
  if (current_function_calls_eh_return)
    {
      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        {
          emit_move_insn (MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (Pmode), stack_pointer_rtx);
          emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (Pmode),
                                    MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (Pmode),
                                    EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX));
          emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, MIPS_EPILOGUE_TEMP (Pmode));
        }
      else
        emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (stack_pointer_rtx,
                                  stack_pointer_rtx,
                                  EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX));
    }

  if (!sibcall_p)
    {
      /* The mips16 loads the return address into $7, not $31.  */
      if (TARGET_MIPS16 && (cfun->machine->frame.mask & RA_MASK) != 0)
        emit_jump_insn (gen_return_internal (gen_rtx (REG, Pmode,
                                                      GP_REG_FIRST + 7)));
      else
        emit_jump_insn (gen_return_internal (gen_rtx (REG, Pmode,
                                                      GP_REG_FIRST + 31)));
    }
}
\f
/* Return nonzero if this function is known to have a null epilogue.
   This allows the optimizer to omit jumps to jumps if no stack
   was created.  */

int
mips_can_use_return_insn (void)
{
  tree return_type;

  if (! reload_completed)
    return 0;

  if (regs_ever_live[31] || current_function_profile)
    return 0;

  return_type = DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl);

  /* In mips16 mode, a function which returns a floating point value
     needs to arrange to copy the return value into the floating point
     registers.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16
      && mips16_hard_float
      && ! aggregate_value_p (return_type, current_function_decl)
      && GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (return_type)) == MODE_FLOAT
      && GET_MODE_SIZE (DECL_MODE (return_type)) <= UNITS_PER_FPVALUE)
    return 0;

  if (cfun->machine->frame.initialized)
    return cfun->machine->frame.total_size == 0;

  return compute_frame_size (get_frame_size ()) == 0;
}
\f
/* Returns nonzero if X contains a SYMBOL_REF.  */

static int
symbolic_expression_p (rtx x)
{
  if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF)
    return 1;

  if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
    return symbolic_expression_p (XEXP (x, 0));

  if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '1')
    return symbolic_expression_p (XEXP (x, 0));

  if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == 'c'
      || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '2')
    return (symbolic_expression_p (XEXP (x, 0))
            || symbolic_expression_p (XEXP (x, 1)));

  return 0;
}

/* Choose the section to use for the constant rtx expression X that has
   mode MODE.  */

static void
mips_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x,
                         unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align)
{
  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      /* In mips16 mode, the constant table always goes in the same section
         as the function, so that constants can be loaded using PC relative
         addressing.  */
      function_section (current_function_decl);
    }
  else if (TARGET_EMBEDDED_DATA)
    {
      /* For embedded applications, always put constants in read-only data,
         in order to reduce RAM usage.  */
      mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
    }
  else
    {
      /* For hosted applications, always put constants in small data if
         possible, as this gives the best performance.  */
      /* ??? Consider using mergeable small data sections.  */

      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= (unsigned) mips_section_threshold
          && mips_section_threshold > 0)
        named_section (0, ".sdata", 0);
      else if (flag_pic && symbolic_expression_p (x))
        {
          if (targetm.have_named_sections)
            named_section (0, ".data.rel.ro", 3);
          else
            data_section ();
        }
      else
        mergeable_constant_section (mode, align, 0);
    }
}

/* Choose the section to use for DECL.  RELOC is true if its value contains
   any relocatable expression.  */

static void
mips_select_section (tree decl, int reloc,
                     unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  if ((TARGET_EMBEDDED_PIC || TARGET_MIPS16)
      && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
      && !flag_writable_strings)
    /* For embedded position independent code, put constant strings in the
       text section, because the data section is limited to 64K in size.
       For mips16 code, put strings in the text section so that a PC
       relative load instruction can be used to get their address.  */
    text_section ();
  else if (targetm.have_named_sections)
    default_elf_select_section (decl, reloc, align);
  else
    /* The native irix o32 assembler doesn't support named sections.  */
    default_select_section (decl, reloc, align);
}


/* Implement TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P.  Return true if it would be safe to
   access DECL using %gp_rel(...)($gp).  */

static bool
mips_in_small_data_p (tree decl)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT size;

  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST || TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
    return false;

  if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl) != 0)
    {
      const char *name;

      /* Reject anything that isn't in a known small-data section.  */
      name = TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl));
      if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") != 0 && strcmp (name, ".sbss") != 0)
        return false;

      /* If a symbol is defined externally, the assembler will use the
         usual -G rules when deciding how to implement macros.  */
      if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
        return true;
    }
  else if (TARGET_EMBEDDED_DATA)
    {
      /* Don't put constants into the small data section: we want them
         to be in ROM rather than RAM.  */
      if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL)
        return false;

      if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
          && !TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (decl)
          && (!DECL_INITIAL (decl) || TREE_CONSTANT (DECL_INITIAL (decl))))
        return false;
    }

  size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (decl));
  return (size > 0 && size <= mips_section_threshold);
}


/* When generating embedded PIC code, SYMBOL_REF_FLAG is set for
   symbols which are not in the .text section.

   When generating mips16 code, SYMBOL_REF_FLAG is set for string
   constants which are put in the .text section.  We also record the
   total length of all such strings; this total is used to decide
   whether we need to split the constant table, and need not be
   precisely correct.  */

static void
mips_encode_section_info (tree decl, rtx rtl, int first)
{
  rtx symbol;

  if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
    return;

  symbol = XEXP (rtl, 0);

  if (GET_CODE (symbol) != SYMBOL_REF)
    return;

  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      if (first && TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
          && ! flag_writable_strings
          /* If this string is from a function, and the function will
             go in a gnu linkonce section, then we can't directly
             access the string.  This gets an assembler error
             "unsupported PC relative reference to different section".
             If we modify SELECT_SECTION to put it in function_section
             instead of text_section, it still fails because
             DECL_SECTION_NAME isn't set until assemble_start_function.
             If we fix that, it still fails because strings are shared
             among multiple functions, and we have cross section
             references again.  We force it to work by putting string
             addresses in the constant pool and indirecting.  */
          && (! current_function_decl
              || ! DECL_ONE_ONLY (current_function_decl)))
        {
          mips16_strings = alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, symbol, mips16_strings);
          SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (symbol) = 1;
          mips_string_length += TREE_STRING_LENGTH (decl);
        }
    }

  if (TARGET_EMBEDDED_PIC)
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
        SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (symbol) = 1;
      else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
        SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (symbol) = 0;
      else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == STRING_CST
               && ! flag_writable_strings)
        SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (symbol) = 0;
      else
        SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (symbol) = 1;
    }

  default_encode_section_info (decl, rtl, first);
}
\f
/* See whether VALTYPE is a record whose fields should be returned in
   floating-point registers.  If so, return the number of fields and
   list them in FIELDS (which should have two elements).  Return 0
   otherwise.

   For n32 & n64, a structure with one or two fields is returned in
   floating-point registers as long as every field has a floating-point
   type.  */

static int
mips_fpr_return_fields (tree valtype, tree *fields)
{
  tree field;
  int i;

  if (!TARGET_NEWABI)
    return 0;

  if (TREE_CODE (valtype) != RECORD_TYPE)
    return 0;

  i = 0;
  for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (valtype); field != 0; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (field) != FIELD_DECL)
        continue;

      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) != REAL_TYPE)
        return 0;

      if (i == 2)
        return 0;

      fields[i++] = field;
    }
  return i;
}


/* Implement TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB.  For n32 & n64, we should return
   a value in the most significant part of $2/$3 if:

      - the target is big-endian;

      - the value has a structure or union type (we generalize this to
        cover aggregates from other languages too); and

      - the structure is not returned in floating-point registers.  */

static bool
mips_return_in_msb (tree valtype)
{
  tree fields[2];

  return (TARGET_NEWABI
          && TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN
          && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (valtype)
          && mips_fpr_return_fields (valtype, fields) == 0);
}


/* Return a composite value in a pair of floating-point registers.
   MODE1 and OFFSET1 are the mode and byte offset for the first value,
   likewise MODE2 and OFFSET2 for the second.  MODE is the mode of the
   complete value.

   For n32 & n64, $f0 always holds the first value and $f2 the second.
   Otherwise the values are packed together as closely as possible.  */

static rtx
mips_return_fpr_pair (enum machine_mode mode,
                      enum machine_mode mode1, HOST_WIDE_INT offset1,
                      enum machine_mode mode2, HOST_WIDE_INT offset2)
{
  int inc;

  inc = (TARGET_NEWABI ? 2 : FP_INC);
  return gen_rtx_PARALLEL
    (mode,
     gen_rtvec (2,
                gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
                                   gen_rtx_REG (mode1, FP_RETURN),
                                   GEN_INT (offset1)),
                gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
                                   gen_rtx_REG (mode2, FP_RETURN + inc),
                                   GEN_INT (offset2))));

}


/* Implement FUNCTION_VALUE and LIBCALL_VALUE.  For normal calls,
   VALTYPE is the return type and MODE is VOIDmode.  For libcalls,
   VALTYPE is null and MODE is the mode of the return value.  */

rtx
mips_function_value (tree valtype, tree func ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                     enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (valtype)
    {
      tree fields[2];
      int unsignedp;

      mode = TYPE_MODE (valtype);
      unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (valtype);

      /* Since we define PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN, we must promote
         the mode just as PROMOTE_MODE does.  */
      mode = promote_mode (valtype, mode, &unsignedp, 1);

      /* Handle structures whose fields are returned in $f0/$f2.  */
      switch (mips_fpr_return_fields (valtype, fields))
        {
        case 1:
          return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FP_RETURN);

        case 2:
          return mips_return_fpr_pair (mode,
                                       TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (fields[0])),
                                       int_byte_position (fields[0]),
                                       TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (fields[1])),
                                       int_byte_position (fields[1]));
        }

      /* If a value is passed in the most significant part of a register, see
         whether we have to round the mode up to a whole number of words.  */
      if (mips_return_in_msb (valtype))
        {
          HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (valtype);
          if (size % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0)
            {
              size += UNITS_PER_WORD - size % UNITS_PER_WORD;
              mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
            }
        }
    }

  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
      && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_HWFPVALUE)
    return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FP_RETURN);

  /* Handle long doubles for n32 & n64.  */
  if (mode == TFmode)
    return mips_return_fpr_pair (mode,
                                 DImode, 0,
                                 DImode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 2);

  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
      && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_HWFPVALUE * 2)
    return mips_return_fpr_pair (mode,
                                 GET_MODE_INNER (mode), 0,
                                 GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
                                 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 2);

  return gen_rtx_REG (mode, GP_RETURN);
}

/* The implementation of FUNCTION_ARG_PASS_BY_REFERENCE.  Return
   nonzero when an argument must be passed by reference.  */

int
function_arg_pass_by_reference (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                                enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
                                int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  int size;

  /* The EABI is the only one to pass args by reference.  */
  if (mips_abi != ABI_EABI)
    return 0;

  /* ??? How should SCmode be handled?  */
  if (type == NULL_TREE || mode == DImode || mode == DFmode)
    return 0;

  size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
  return size == -1 || size > UNITS_PER_WORD;
}

/* Return the class of registers for which a mode change from FROM to TO
   is invalid.

   In little-endian mode, the hi-lo registers are numbered backwards,
   so (subreg:SI (reg:DI hi) 0) gets the high word instead of the low
   word as intended.

   Similarly, when using paired floating-point registers, the first
   register holds the low word, regardless of endianness.  So in big
   endian mode, (subreg:SI (reg:DF $f0) 0) does not get the high word
   as intended.

   Also, loading a 32-bit value into a 64-bit floating-point register
   will not sign-extend the value, despite what LOAD_EXTEND_OP says.
   We can't allow 64-bit float registers to change from a 32-bit
   mode to a 64-bit mode.  */

bool
mips_cannot_change_mode_class (enum machine_mode from,
                               enum machine_mode to, enum reg_class class)
{
  if (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) != GET_MODE_SIZE (to))
    {
      if (TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN)
        return reg_classes_intersect_p (FP_REGS, class);
      if (TARGET_FLOAT64)
        return reg_classes_intersect_p (HI_AND_FP_REGS, class);
      return reg_classes_intersect_p (HI_REG, class);
    }
  return false;
}

/* Return true if X should not be moved directly into register $25.
   We need this because many versions of GAS will treat "la $25,foo" as
   part of a call sequence and so allow a global "foo" to be lazily bound.  */

bool
mips_dangerous_for_la25_p (rtx x)
{
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset;

  if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    return false;

  mips_split_const (x, &x, &offset);
  return global_got_operand (x, VOIDmode);
}

/* Implement PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS.  */

enum reg_class
mips_preferred_reload_class (rtx x, enum reg_class class)
{
  if (mips_dangerous_for_la25_p (x) && reg_class_subset_p (LEA_REGS, class))
    return LEA_REGS;

  if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT
      && FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (x))
      && reg_class_subset_p (FP_REGS, class))
    return FP_REGS;

  if (reg_class_subset_p (GR_REGS, class))
    class = GR_REGS;

  if (TARGET_MIPS16 && reg_class_subset_p (M16_REGS, class))
    class = M16_REGS;

  return class;
}

/* This function returns the register class required for a secondary
   register when copying between one of the registers in CLASS, and X,
   using MODE.  If IN_P is nonzero, the copy is going from X to the
   register, otherwise the register is the source.  A return value of
   NO_REGS means that no secondary register is required.  */

enum reg_class
mips_secondary_reload_class (enum reg_class class,
                             enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, int in_p)
{
  enum reg_class gr_regs = TARGET_MIPS16 ? M16_REGS : GR_REGS;
  int regno = -1;
  int gp_reg_p;

  if (GET_CODE (x) == REG || GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
    regno = true_regnum (x);

  gp_reg_p = TARGET_MIPS16 ? M16_REG_P (regno) : GP_REG_P (regno);

  if (mips_dangerous_for_la25_p (x))
    {
      gr_regs = LEA_REGS;
      if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], 25))
        return gr_regs;
    }

  /* Copying from HI or LO to anywhere other than a general register
     requires a general register.  */
  if (class == HI_REG || class == LO_REG || class == MD_REGS)
    {
      if (TARGET_MIPS16 && in_p)
        {
          /* We can't really copy to HI or LO at all in mips16 mode.  */
          return M16_REGS;
        }
      return gp_reg_p ? NO_REGS : gr_regs;
    }
  if (MD_REG_P (regno))
    {
      if (TARGET_MIPS16 && ! in_p)
        {
          /* We can't really copy to HI or LO at all in mips16 mode.  */
          return M16_REGS;
        }
      return class == gr_regs ? NO_REGS : gr_regs;
    }

  /* We can only copy a value to a condition code register from a
     floating point register, and even then we require a scratch
     floating point register.  We can only copy a value out of a
     condition code register into a general register.  */
  if (class == ST_REGS)
    {
      if (in_p)
        return FP_REGS;
      return gp_reg_p ? NO_REGS : gr_regs;
    }
  if (ST_REG_P (regno))
    {
      if (! in_p)
        return FP_REGS;
      return class == gr_regs ? NO_REGS : gr_regs;
    }

  if (class == FP_REGS)
    {
      if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
        {
          /* In this case we can use lwc1, swc1, ldc1 or sdc1.  */
          return NO_REGS;
        }
      else if (CONSTANT_P (x) && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
        {
          /* We can use the l.s and l.d macros to load floating-point
             constants.  ??? For l.s, we could probably get better
             code by returning GR_REGS here.  */
          return NO_REGS;
        }
      else if (gp_reg_p || x == CONST0_RTX (mode))
        {
          /* In this case we can use mtc1, mfc1, dmtc1 or dmfc1.  */
          return NO_REGS;
        }
      else if (FP_REG_P (regno))
        {
          /* In this case we can use mov.s or mov.d.  */
          return NO_REGS;
        }
      else
        {
          /* Otherwise, we need to reload through an integer register.  */
          return gr_regs;
        }
    }

  /* In mips16 mode, going between memory and anything but M16_REGS
     requires an M16_REG.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      if (class != M16_REGS && class != M16_NA_REGS)
        {
          if (gp_reg_p)
            return NO_REGS;
          return M16_REGS;
        }
      if (! gp_reg_p)
        {
          if (class == M16_REGS || class == M16_NA_REGS)
            return NO_REGS;
          return M16_REGS;
        }
    }

  return NO_REGS;
}

/* Implement CLASS_MAX_NREGS.

   Usually all registers are word-sized.  The only supported exception
   is -mgp64 -msingle-float, which has 64-bit words but 32-bit float
   registers.  A word-based calculation is correct even in that case,
   since -msingle-float disallows multi-FPR values.  */

int
mips_class_max_nregs (enum reg_class class ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                      enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
}

bool
mips_valid_pointer_mode (enum machine_mode mode)
{
  return (mode == SImode || (TARGET_64BIT && mode == DImode));
}

\f
/* If we can access small data directly (using gp-relative relocation
   operators) return the small data pointer, otherwise return null.

   For each mips16 function which refers to GP relative symbols, we
   use a pseudo register, initialized at the start of the function, to
   hold the $gp value.  */

static rtx
mips16_gp_pseudo_reg (void)
{
  if (cfun->machine->mips16_gp_pseudo_rtx == NULL_RTX)
    {
      rtx const_gp;
      rtx insn, scan;

      cfun->machine->mips16_gp_pseudo_rtx = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
      RTX_UNCHANGING_P (cfun->machine->mips16_gp_pseudo_rtx) = 1;

      /* We want to initialize this to a value which gcc will believe
         is constant.  */
      const_gp = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, pic_offset_table_rtx);
      start_sequence ();
      emit_move_insn (cfun->machine->mips16_gp_pseudo_rtx,
                      const_gp);
      insn = get_insns ();
      end_sequence ();

      push_topmost_sequence ();
      /* We need to emit the initialization after the FUNCTION_BEG
         note, so that it will be integrated.  */
      for (scan = get_insns (); scan != NULL_RTX; scan = NEXT_INSN (scan))
        if (GET_CODE (scan) == NOTE
            && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (scan) == NOTE_INSN_FUNCTION_BEG)
          break;
      if (scan == NULL_RTX)
        scan = get_insns ();
      insn = emit_insn_after (insn, scan);
      pop_topmost_sequence ();
    }

  return cfun->machine->mips16_gp_pseudo_rtx;
}

/* Write out code to move floating point arguments in or out of
   general registers.  Output the instructions to FILE.  FP_CODE is
   the code describing which arguments are present (see the comment at
   the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS in mips.h).  FROM_FP_P is nonzero if
   we are copying from the floating point registers.  */

static void
mips16_fp_args (FILE *file, int fp_code, int from_fp_p)
{
  const char *s;
  int gparg, fparg;
  unsigned int f;

  /* This code only works for the original 32 bit ABI and the O64 ABI.  */
  if (mips_abi != ABI_32 && mips_abi != ABI_O64)
    abort ();

  if (from_fp_p)
    s = "mfc1";
  else
    s = "mtc1";
  gparg = GP_ARG_FIRST;
  fparg = FP_ARG_FIRST;
  for (f = (unsigned int) fp_code; f != 0; f >>= 2)
    {
      if ((f & 3) == 1)
        {
          if ((fparg & 1) != 0)
            ++fparg;
          fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%s,%s\n", s,
                   reg_names[gparg], reg_names[fparg]);
        }
      else if ((f & 3) == 2)
        {
          if (TARGET_64BIT)
            fprintf (file, "\td%s\t%s,%s\n", s,
                     reg_names[gparg], reg_names[fparg]);
          else
            {
              if ((fparg & 1) != 0)
                ++fparg;
              if (TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN)
                fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%s,%s\n\t%s\t%s,%s\n", s,
                         reg_names[gparg], reg_names[fparg + 1], s,
                         reg_names[gparg + 1], reg_names[fparg]);
              else
                fprintf (file, "\t%s\t%s,%s\n\t%s\t%s,%s\n", s,
                         reg_names[gparg], reg_names[fparg], s,
                         reg_names[gparg + 1], reg_names[fparg + 1]);
              ++gparg;
              ++fparg;
            }
        }
      else
        abort ();

      ++gparg;
      ++fparg;
    }
}

/* Build a mips16 function stub.  This is used for functions which
   take arguments in the floating point registers.  It is 32 bit code
   that moves the floating point args into the general registers, and
   then jumps to the 16 bit code.  */

static void
build_mips16_function_stub (FILE *file)
{
  const char *fnname;
  char *secname, *stubname;
  tree stubid, stubdecl;
  int need_comma;
  unsigned int f;

  fnname = XSTR (XEXP (DECL_RTL (current_function_decl), 0), 0);
  secname = (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname) + 20);
  sprintf (secname, ".mips16.fn.%s", fnname);
  stubname = (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname) + 20);
  sprintf (stubname, "__fn_stub_%s", fnname);
  stubid = get_identifier (stubname);
  stubdecl = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, stubid,
                         build_function_type (void_type_node, NULL_TREE));
  DECL_SECTION_NAME (stubdecl) = build_string (strlen (secname), secname);

  fprintf (file, "\t# Stub function for %s (", current_function_name);
  need_comma = 0;
  for (f = (unsigned int) current_function_args_info.fp_code; f != 0; f >>= 2)
    {
      fprintf (file, "%s%s",
               need_comma ? ", " : "",
               (f & 3) == 1 ? "float" : "double");
      need_comma = 1;
    }
  fprintf (file, ")\n");

  fprintf (file, "\t.set\tnomips16\n");
  function_section (stubdecl);
  ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (file, floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT));

  /* ??? If FUNCTION_NAME_ALREADY_DECLARED is defined, then we are
     within a .ent, and we can not emit another .ent.  */
  if (!FUNCTION_NAME_ALREADY_DECLARED)
    {
      fputs ("\t.ent\t", file);
      assemble_name (file, stubname);
      fputs ("\n", file);
    }

  assemble_name (file, stubname);
  fputs (":\n", file);

  /* We don't want the assembler to insert any nops here.  */
  fprintf (file, "\t.set\tnoreorder\n");

  mips16_fp_args (file, current_function_args_info.fp_code, 1);

  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tnoat\n");
  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tla\t%s,", reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 1]);
  assemble_name (file, fnname);
  fprintf (file, "\n");
  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tjr\t%s\n", reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 1]);
  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tat\n");

  /* Unfortunately, we can't fill the jump delay slot.  We can't fill
     with one of the mfc1 instructions, because the result is not
     available for one instruction, so if the very first instruction
     in the function refers to the register, it will see the wrong
     value.  */
  fprintf (file, "\tnop\n");

  fprintf (file, "\t.set\treorder\n");

  if (!FUNCTION_NAME_ALREADY_DECLARED)
    {
      fputs ("\t.end\t", file);
      assemble_name (file, stubname);
      fputs ("\n", file);
    }

  fprintf (file, "\t.set\tmips16\n");

  function_section (current_function_decl);
}

/* We keep a list of functions for which we have already built stubs
   in build_mips16_call_stub.  */

struct mips16_stub
{
  struct mips16_stub *next;
  char *name;
  int fpret;
};

static struct mips16_stub *mips16_stubs;

/* Build a call stub for a mips16 call.  A stub is needed if we are
   passing any floating point values which should go into the floating
   point registers.  If we are, and the call turns out to be to a 32
   bit function, the stub will be used to move the values into the
   floating point registers before calling the 32 bit function.  The
   linker will magically adjust the function call to either the 16 bit
   function or the 32 bit stub, depending upon where the function call
   is actually defined.

   Similarly, we need a stub if the return value might come back in a
   floating point register.

   RETVAL is the location of the return value, or null if this is
   a call rather than a call_value.  FN is the address of the
   function and ARG_SIZE is the size of the arguments.  FP_CODE
   is the code built by function_arg.  This function returns a nonzero
   value if it builds the call instruction itself.  */

int
build_mips16_call_stub (rtx retval, rtx fn, rtx arg_size, int fp_code)
{
  int fpret;
  const char *fnname;
  char *secname, *stubname;
  struct mips16_stub *l;
  tree stubid, stubdecl;
  int need_comma;
  unsigned int f;

  /* We don't need to do anything if we aren't in mips16 mode, or if
     we were invoked with the -msoft-float option.  */
  if (! TARGET_MIPS16 || ! mips16_hard_float)
    return 0;

  /* Figure out whether the value might come back in a floating point
     register.  */
  fpret = (retval != 0
           && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (retval)) == MODE_FLOAT
           && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (retval)) <= UNITS_PER_FPVALUE);

  /* We don't need to do anything if there were no floating point
     arguments and the value will not be returned in a floating point
     register.  */
  if (fp_code == 0 && ! fpret)
    return 0;

  /* We don't need to do anything if this is a call to a special
     mips16 support function.  */
  if (GET_CODE (fn) == SYMBOL_REF
      && strncmp (XSTR (fn, 0), "__mips16_", 9) == 0)
    return 0;

  /* This code will only work for o32 and o64 abis.  The other ABI's
     require more sophisticated support.  */
  if (mips_abi != ABI_32 && mips_abi != ABI_O64)
    abort ();

  /* We can only handle SFmode and DFmode floating point return
     values.  */
  if (fpret && GET_MODE (retval) != SFmode && GET_MODE (retval) != DFmode)
    abort ();

  /* If we're calling via a function pointer, then we must always call
     via a stub.  There are magic stubs provided in libgcc.a for each
     of the required cases.  Each of them expects the function address
     to arrive in register $2.  */

  if (GET_CODE (fn) != SYMBOL_REF)
    {
      char buf[30];
      tree id;
      rtx stub_fn, insn;

      /* ??? If this code is modified to support other ABI's, we need
         to handle PARALLEL return values here.  */

      sprintf (buf, "__mips16_call_stub_%s%d",
               (fpret
                ? (GET_MODE (retval) == SFmode ? "sf_" : "df_")
                : ""),
               fp_code);
      id = get_identifier (buf);
      stub_fn = gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (id));

      emit_move_insn (gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, 2), fn);

      if (retval == NULL_RTX)
        insn = gen_call_internal (stub_fn, arg_size);
      else
        insn = gen_call_value_internal (retval, stub_fn, arg_size);
      insn = emit_call_insn (insn);

      /* Put the register usage information on the CALL.  */
      if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL_INSN)
        abort ();
      CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn) =
        gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode,
                 gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, 2)),
                 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn));

      /* If we are handling a floating point return value, we need to
         save $18 in the function prologue.  Putting a note on the
         call will mean that regs_ever_live[$18] will be true if the
         call is not eliminated, and we can check that in the prologue
         code.  */
      if (fpret)
        CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn) =
          gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode,
                   gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, 18)),
                   CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn));

      /* Return 1 to tell the caller that we've generated the call
         insn.  */
      return 1;
    }

  /* We know the function we are going to call.  If we have already
     built a stub, we don't need to do anything further.  */

  fnname = XSTR (fn, 0);
  for (l = mips16_stubs; l != NULL; l = l->next)
    if (strcmp (l->name, fnname) == 0)
      break;

  if (l == NULL)
    {
      /* Build a special purpose stub.  When the linker sees a
         function call in mips16 code, it will check where the target
         is defined.  If the target is a 32 bit call, the linker will
         search for the section defined here.  It can tell which
         symbol this section is associated with by looking at the
         relocation information (the name is unreliable, since this
         might be a static function).  If such a section is found, the
         linker will redirect the call to the start of the magic
         section.

         If the function does not return a floating point value, the
         special stub section is named
             .mips16.call.FNNAME

         If the function does return a floating point value, the stub
         section is named
             .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME
         */

      secname = (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname) + 40);
      sprintf (secname, ".mips16.call.%s%s",
               fpret ? "fp." : "",
               fnname);
      stubname = (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname) + 20);
      sprintf (stubname, "__call_stub_%s%s",
               fpret ? "fp_" : "",
               fnname);
      stubid = get_identifier (stubname);
      stubdecl = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, stubid,
                             build_function_type (void_type_node, NULL_TREE));
      DECL_SECTION_NAME (stubdecl) = build_string (strlen (secname), secname);

      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t# Stub function to call %s%s (",
               (fpret
                ? (GET_MODE (retval) == SFmode ? "float " : "double ")
                : ""),
               fnname);
      need_comma = 0;
      for (f = (unsigned int) fp_code; f != 0; f >>= 2)
        {
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s%s",
                   need_comma ? ", " : "",
                   (f & 3) == 1 ? "float" : "double");
          need_comma = 1;
        }
      fprintf (asm_out_file, ")\n");

      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tnomips16\n");
      assemble_start_function (stubdecl, stubname);

      if (!FUNCTION_NAME_ALREADY_DECLARED)
        {
          fputs ("\t.ent\t", asm_out_file);
          assemble_name (asm_out_file, stubname);
          fputs ("\n", asm_out_file);

          assemble_name (asm_out_file, stubname);
          fputs (":\n", asm_out_file);
        }

      /* We build the stub code by hand.  That's the only way we can
         do it, since we can't generate 32 bit code during a 16 bit
         compilation.  */

      /* We don't want the assembler to insert any nops here.  */
      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tnoreorder\n");

      mips16_fp_args (asm_out_file, fp_code, 0);

      if (! fpret)
        {
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tnoat\n");
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tla\t%s,%s\n", reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 1],
                   fnname);
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tjr\t%s\n", reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 1]);
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tat\n");
          /* Unfortunately, we can't fill the jump delay slot.  We
             can't fill with one of the mtc1 instructions, because the
             result is not available for one instruction, so if the
             very first instruction in the function refers to the
             register, it will see the wrong value.  */
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tnop\n");
        }
      else
        {
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmove\t%s,%s\n",
                   reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 18], reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 31]);
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tjal\t%s\n", fnname);
          /* As above, we can't fill the delay slot.  */
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tnop\n");
          if (GET_MODE (retval) == SFmode)
            fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmfc1\t%s,%s\n",
                     reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 2], reg_names[FP_REG_FIRST + 0]);
          else
            {
              if (TARGET_BIG_ENDIAN)
                {
                  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmfc1\t%s,%s\n",
                           reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 2],
                           reg_names[FP_REG_FIRST + 1]);
                  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmfc1\t%s,%s\n",
                           reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 3],
                           reg_names[FP_REG_FIRST + 0]);
                }
              else
                {
                  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmfc1\t%s,%s\n",
                           reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 2],
                           reg_names[FP_REG_FIRST + 0]);
                  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tmfc1\t%s,%s\n",
                           reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 3],
                           reg_names[FP_REG_FIRST + 1]);
                }
            }
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tj\t%s\n", reg_names[GP_REG_FIRST + 18]);
          /* As above, we can't fill the delay slot.  */
          fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tnop\n");
        }

      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\treorder\n");

#ifdef ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE
      ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (asm_out_file, stubname, stubdecl);
#endif

      if (!FUNCTION_NAME_ALREADY_DECLARED)
        {
          fputs ("\t.end\t", asm_out_file);
          assemble_name (asm_out_file, stubname);
          fputs ("\n", asm_out_file);
        }

      fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.set\tmips16\n");

      /* Record this stub.  */
      l = (struct mips16_stub *) xmalloc (sizeof *l);
      l->name = xstrdup (fnname);
      l->fpret = fpret;
      l->next = mips16_stubs;
      mips16_stubs = l;
    }

  /* If we expect a floating point return value, but we've built a
     stub which does not expect one, then we're in trouble.  We can't
     use the existing stub, because it won't handle the floating point
     value.  We can't build a new stub, because the linker won't know
     which stub to use for the various calls in this object file.
     Fortunately, this case is illegal, since it means that a function
     was declared in two different ways in a single compilation.  */
  if (fpret && ! l->fpret)
    error ("can not handle inconsistent calls to `%s'", fnname);

  /* If we are calling a stub which handles a floating point return
     value, we need to arrange to save $18 in the prologue.  We do
     this by marking the function call as using the register.  The
     prologue will later see that it is used, and emit code to save
     it.  */

  if (l->fpret)
    {
      rtx insn;

      if (retval == NULL_RTX)
        insn = gen_call_internal (fn, arg_size);
      else
        insn = gen_call_value_internal (retval, fn, arg_size);
      insn = emit_call_insn (insn);

      if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL_INSN)
        abort ();

      CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn) =
        gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, VOIDmode,
                 gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (REG, word_mode, 18)),
                 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn));

      /* Return 1 to tell the caller that we've generated the call
         insn.  */
      return 1;
    }

  /* Return 0 to let the caller generate the call insn.  */
  return 0;
}

/* This function looks through the code for a function, and tries to
   optimize the usage of the $gp register.  We arrange to copy $gp
   into a pseudo-register, and then let gcc's normal reload handling
   deal with the pseudo-register.  Unfortunately, if reload choose to
   put the pseudo-register into a call-clobbered register, it will
   emit saves and restores for that register around any function
   calls.  We don't need the saves, and it's faster to copy $gp than
   to do an actual restore.  ??? This still means that we waste a
   stack slot.

   This is an optimization, and the code which gcc has actually
   generated is correct, so we do not need to catch all cases.  */

static void
mips16_optimize_gp (void)
{
  rtx gpcopy, slot, insn;

  /* Look through the instructions.  Set GPCOPY to the register which
     holds a copy of $gp.  Set SLOT to the stack slot where it is
     saved.  If we find an instruction which sets GPCOPY to anything
     other than $gp or SLOT, then we can't use it.  If we find an
     instruction which sets SLOT to anything other than GPCOPY, we
     can't use it.  */

  gpcopy = NULL_RTX;
  slot = NULL_RTX;
  for (insn = get_insns (); insn != NULL_RTX; insn = next_active_insn (insn))
    {
      rtx set;

      if (! INSN_P (insn))
        continue;

      set = PATTERN (insn);

      /* We know that all references to memory will be inside a SET,
         because there is no other way to access memory on the mips16.
         We don't have to worry about a PARALLEL here, because the
         mips.md file will never generate them for memory references.  */
      if (GET_CODE (set) != SET)
        continue;

      if (gpcopy == NULL_RTX
          && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == CONST
          && XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx
          && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
        gpcopy = SET_DEST (set);
      else if (slot == NULL_RTX
               && gpcopy != NULL_RTX
               && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == MEM
               && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
               && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) == REGNO (gpcopy))
        {
          rtx base, offset;

          offset = const0_rtx;
          base = eliminate_constant_term (XEXP (SET_DEST (set), 0), &offset);
          if (GET_CODE (base) == REG
              && (REGNO (base) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
                  || REGNO (base) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM))
            slot = SET_DEST (set);
        }
      else if (gpcopy != NULL_RTX
               && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
                   || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == SUBREG)
               && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), gpcopy)
               && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) != REG
                   || REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) != REGNO (gpcopy)
                   || ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) != CONST
                        || XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0) != pic_offset_table_rtx)
                       && ! rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set), slot))))
        break;
      else if (slot != NULL_RTX
               && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == MEM
               && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), slot)
               && (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) != REG
                   || REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) != REGNO (gpcopy)))
        break;
    }

  /* If we couldn't find a unique value for GPCOPY or SLOT, then try a
     different optimization.  Any time we find a copy of $28 into a
     register, followed by an add of a symbol_ref to that register, we
     convert it to load the value from the constant table instead.
     The copy and add will take six bytes, just as the load and
     constant table entry will take six bytes.  However, it is
     possible that the constant table entry will be shared.

     This could be a peephole optimization, but I don't know if the
     peephole code can call force_const_mem.

     Using the same register for the copy of $28 and the add of the
     symbol_ref is actually pretty likely, since the add instruction
     requires the destination and the first addend to be the same
     register.  */

  if (insn != NULL_RTX || gpcopy == NULL_RTX || slot == NULL_RTX)
    {
#if 0
      /* Used below in #if 0 area.  */
      rtx next;
#endif
      /* This optimization is only reasonable if the constant table
         entries are only 4 bytes.  */
      if (Pmode != SImode)
        return;

#if 0
  /* ??? FIXME.  Rewrite for new UNSPEC_RELOC stuff.  */
      for (insn = get_insns (); insn != NULL_RTX; insn = next)
        {
          rtx set1, set2;

          next = insn;
          do
            {
              next = NEXT_INSN (next);
            }
          while (next != NULL_RTX
                 && (GET_CODE (next) == NOTE
                     || (GET_CODE (next) == INSN
                         && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == USE
                             || GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == CLOBBER))));

          if (next == NULL_RTX)
            break;

          if (! INSN_P (insn))
            continue;

          if (! INSN_P (next))
            continue;

          set1 = PATTERN (insn);
          if (GET_CODE (set1) != SET)
            continue;
          set2 = PATTERN (next);
          if (GET_CODE (set2) != SET)
            continue;

          if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1)) == REG
              && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set1)) == CONST
              && XEXP (SET_SRC (set1), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx
              && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set1), SET_DEST (set2))
              && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set2)) == PLUS
              && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set1), XEXP (SET_SRC (set2), 0))
              && mips16_gp_offset_p (XEXP (SET_SRC (set2), 1))
              && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (set2), 1), 0)) == MINUS)
            {
              rtx sym;

              /* We've found a case we can change to load from the
                 constant table.  */

              sym = XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (set2), 1), 0), 0);
              if (GET_CODE (sym) != SYMBOL_REF)
                abort ();
              emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, SET_DEST (set1),
                                        force_const_mem (Pmode, sym)),
                               next);

              PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
              NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
              NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;

              PUT_CODE (next, NOTE);
              NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (next) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
              NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (next) = 0;
            }
        }
#endif

      return;
    }
  /* We can safely remove all assignments to SLOT from GPCOPY, and
     replace all assignments from SLOT to GPCOPY with assignments from
     $28.  */

  for (insn = get_insns (); insn != NULL_RTX; insn = next_active_insn (insn))
    {
      rtx set;

      if (! INSN_P (insn))
        continue;

      set = PATTERN (insn);
      if (GET_CODE (set) != SET)
        continue;

      if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == MEM
          && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), slot)
          && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
          && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) == REGNO (gpcopy))
        {
          PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
          NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
          NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;
        }
      else if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
               && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == REGNO (gpcopy)
               && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == MEM
               && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set), slot))
        {
          enum machine_mode mode;
          rtx src;

          mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
          src = gen_rtx_CONST (mode, pic_offset_table_rtx);
          emit_insn_after (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, SET_DEST (set), src), insn);
          PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
          NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
          NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;
        }
    }
}

/* We keep a list of constants we which we have to add to internal
   constant tables in the middle of large functions.  */

struct constant
{
  struct constant *next;
  rtx value;
  rtx label;
  enum machine_mode mode;
};

/* Add a constant to the list in *PCONSTANTS.  */

static rtx
add_constant (struct constant **pconstants, rtx val, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  struct constant *c;

  for (c = *pconstants; c != NULL; c = c->next)
    if (mode == c->mode && rtx_equal_p (val, c->value))
      return c->label;

  c = (struct constant *) xmalloc (sizeof *c);
  c->value = val;
  c->mode = mode;
  c->label = gen_label_rtx ();
  c->next = *pconstants;
  *pconstants = c;
  return c->label;
}

/* Dump out the constants in CONSTANTS after INSN.  */

static void
dump_constants (struct constant *constants, rtx insn)
{
  struct constant *c;
  int align;

  c = constants;
  align = 0;
  while (c != NULL)
    {
      rtx r;
      struct constant *next;

      switch (GET_MODE_SIZE (c->mode))
        {
        case 1:
          align = 0;
          break;
        case 2:
          if (align < 1)
            insn = emit_insn_after (gen_align_2 (), insn);
          align = 1;
          break;
        case 4:
          if (align < 2)
            insn = emit_insn_after (gen_align_4 (), insn);
          align = 2;
          break;
        default:
          if (align < 3)
            insn = emit_insn_after (gen_align_8 (), insn);
          align = 3;
          break;
        }

      insn = emit_label_after (c->label, insn);

      switch (c->mode)
        {
        case QImode:
          r = gen_consttable_qi (c->value);
          break;
        case HImode:
          r = gen_consttable_hi (c->value);
          break;
        case SImode:
          r = gen_consttable_si (c->value);
          break;
        case SFmode:
          r = gen_consttable_sf (c->value);
          break;
        case DImode:
          r = gen_consttable_di (c->value);
          break;
        case DFmode:
          r = gen_consttable_df (c->value);
          break;
        default:
          abort ();
        }

      insn = emit_insn_after (r, insn);

      next = c->next;
      free (c);
      c = next;
    }

  emit_barrier_after (insn);
}

/* Find the symbol in an address expression.  */

static rtx
mips_find_symbol (rtx addr)
{
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM)
    addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
  while (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
    addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (addr) == LABEL_REF)
    return addr;
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
    {
      rtx l1, l2;

      l1 = mips_find_symbol (XEXP (addr, 0));
      l2 = mips_find_symbol (XEXP (addr, 1));
      if (l1 != NULL_RTX && l2 == NULL_RTX)
        return l1;
      else if (l1 == NULL_RTX && l2 != NULL_RTX)
        return l2;
    }
  return NULL_RTX;
}

/* In mips16 mode, we need to look through the function to check for
   PC relative loads that are out of range.  */

static void
mips16_lay_out_constants (void)
{
  int insns_len, max_internal_pool_size, pool_size, addr, first_constant_ref;
  rtx first, insn;
  struct constant *constants;

  first = get_insns ();

  /* Scan the function looking for PC relative loads which may be out
     of range.  All such loads will either be from the constant table,
     or be getting the address of a constant string.  If the size of
     the function plus the size of the constant table is less than
     0x8000, then all loads are in range.  */

  insns_len = 0;
  for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
    {
      insns_len += get_attr_length (insn);

      /* ??? We put switch tables in .text, but we don't define
         JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION, so get_attr_length will not
         compute their lengths correctly.  */
      if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
        {
          rtx body;

          body = PATTERN (insn);
          if (GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_VEC || GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)
            insns_len += (XVECLEN (body, GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)
                          * GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body)));
          insns_len += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body)) - 1;
        }
    }

  /* Store the original value of insns_len in cfun->machine, so
     that simple_memory_operand can look at it.  */
  cfun->machine->insns_len = insns_len;

  pool_size = get_pool_size ();
  if (insns_len + pool_size + mips_string_length < 0x8000)
    return;

  /* Loop over the insns and figure out what the maximum internal pool
     size could be.  */
  max_internal_pool_size = 0;
  for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
    {
      if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
          && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
        {
          rtx src;

          src = mips_find_symbol (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)));
          if (src == NULL_RTX)
            continue;
          if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (src))
            max_internal_pool_size += GET_MODE_SIZE (get_pool_mode (src));
          else if (SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (src))
            max_internal_pool_size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
        }
    }

  constants = NULL;
  addr = 0;
  first_constant_ref = -1;

  for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
    {
      if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
          && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
        {
          rtx val, src;
          enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode;

          val = NULL_RTX;
          src = mips_find_symbol (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)));
          if (src != NULL_RTX && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (src))
            {
              /* ??? This is very conservative, which means that we
                 will generate too many copies of the constant table.
                 The only solution would seem to be some form of
                 relaxing.  */
              if (((insns_len - addr)
                   + max_internal_pool_size
                   + get_pool_offset (src))
                  >= 0x8000)
                {
                  val = get_pool_constant (src);
                  mode = get_pool_mode (src);
                }
              max_internal_pool_size -= GET_MODE_SIZE (get_pool_mode (src));
            }
          else if (src != NULL_RTX && SYMBOL_REF_FLAG (src))
            {
              /* Including all of mips_string_length is conservative,
                 and so is including all of max_internal_pool_size.  */
              if (((insns_len - addr)
                   + max_internal_pool_size
                   + pool_size
                   + mips_string_length)
                  >= 0x8000)
                {
                  val = src;
                  mode = Pmode;
                }
              max_internal_pool_size -= Pmode;
            }

          if (val != NULL_RTX)
            {
              rtx lab, newsrc;

              /* This PC relative load is out of range.  ??? In the
                 case of a string constant, we are only guessing that
                 it is range, since we don't know the offset of a
                 particular string constant.  */

              lab = add_constant (&constants, val, mode);
              newsrc = gen_rtx (MEM, mode,
                                gen_rtx (LABEL_REF, VOIDmode, lab));
              RTX_UNCHANGING_P (newsrc) = 1;
              PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                                        SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)),
                                        newsrc);
              INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;

              if (first_constant_ref < 0)
                first_constant_ref = addr;
            }
        }

      addr += get_attr_length (insn);

      /* ??? We put switch tables in .text, but we don't define
         JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION, so get_attr_length will not
         compute their lengths correctly.  */
      if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
        {
          rtx body;

          body = PATTERN (insn);
          if (GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_VEC || GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)
            addr += (XVECLEN (body, GET_CODE (body) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)
                          * GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body)));
          addr += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (body)) - 1;
        }

      if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
        {
          /* Output any constants we have accumulated.  Note that we
             don't need to change ADDR, since its only use is
             subtraction from INSNS_LEN, and both would be changed by
             the same amount.
             ??? If the instructions up to the next barrier reuse a
             constant, it would often be better to continue
             accumulating.  */
          if (constants != NULL)
            dump_constants (constants, insn);
          constants = NULL;
          first_constant_ref = -1;
        }

      if (constants != NULL
               && (NEXT_INSN (insn) == NULL
                   || (first_constant_ref >= 0
                       && (((addr - first_constant_ref)
                            + 2 /* for alignment */
                            + 2 /* for a short jump insn */
                            + pool_size)
                           >= 0x8000))))
        {
          /* If we haven't had a barrier within 0x8000 bytes of a
             constant reference or we are at the end of the function,
             emit a barrier now.  */

          rtx label, jump, barrier;

          label = gen_label_rtx ();
          jump = emit_jump_insn_after (gen_jump (label), insn);
          JUMP_LABEL (jump) = label;
          LABEL_NUSES (label) = 1;
          barrier = emit_barrier_after (jump);
          emit_label_after (label, barrier);
          first_constant_ref = -1;
        }
     }

  /* ??? If we output all references to a constant in internal
     constants table, we don't need to output the constant in the real
     constant table, but we have no way to prevent that.  */
}


/* Subroutine of mips_reorg.  If there is a hazard between INSN
   and a previous instruction, avoid it by inserting nops after
   instruction AFTER.

   *DELAYED_REG and *HILO_DELAY describe the hazards that apply at
   this point.  If *DELAYED_REG is non-null, INSN must wait a cycle
   before using the value of that register.  *HILO_DELAY counts the
   number of instructions since the last hilo hazard (that is,
   the number of instructions since the last mflo or mfhi).

   After inserting nops for INSN, update *DELAYED_REG and *HILO_DELAY
   for the next instruction.

   LO_REG is an rtx for the LO register, used in dependence checking.  */

static void
mips_avoid_hazard (rtx after, rtx insn, int *hilo_delay,
                   rtx *delayed_reg, rtx lo_reg)
{
  rtx pattern, set;
  int nops, ninsns;

  if (!INSN_P (insn))
    return;

  pattern = PATTERN (insn);

  /* Do not put the whole function in .set noreorder if it contains
     an asm statement.  We don't know whether there will be hazards
     between the asm statement and the gcc-generated code.  */
  if (GET_CODE (pattern) == ASM_INPUT || asm_noperands (pattern) >= 0)
    cfun->machine->all_noreorder_p = false;

  /* Ignore zero-length instructions (barriers and the like).  */
  ninsns = get_attr_length (insn) / 4;
  if (ninsns == 0)
    return;

  /* Work out how many nops are needed.  Note that we only care about
     registers that are explicitly mentioned in the instruction's pattern.
     It doesn't matter that calls use the argument registers or that they
     clobber hi and lo.  */
  if (*hilo_delay < 2 && reg_set_p (lo_reg, pattern))
    nops = 2 - *hilo_delay;
  else if (*delayed_reg != 0 && reg_referenced_p (*delayed_reg, pattern))
    nops = 1;
  else
    nops = 0;

  /* Insert the nops between this instruction and the previous one.
     Each new nop takes us further from the last hilo hazard.  */
  *hilo_delay += nops;
  while (nops-- > 0)
    emit_insn_after (gen_hazard_nop (), after);

  /* Set up the state for the next instruction.  */
  *hilo_delay += ninsns;
  *delayed_reg = 0;
  if (INSN_CODE (insn) >= 0)
    switch (get_attr_hazard (insn))
      {
      case HAZARD_NONE:
        break;

      case HAZARD_HILO:
        *hilo_delay = 0;
        break;

      case HAZARD_DELAY:
        set = single_set (insn);
        if (set == 0)
          abort ();
        *delayed_reg = SET_DEST (set);
        break;
      }
}


/* Go through the instruction stream and insert nops where necessary.
   See if the whole function can then be put into .set noreorder &
   .set nomacro.  */

static void
mips_avoid_hazards (void)
{
  rtx insn, last_insn, lo_reg, delayed_reg;
  int hilo_delay, i;

  /* Recalculate instruction lengths without taking nops into account.  */
  cfun->machine->ignore_hazard_length_p = true;
  shorten_branches (get_insns ());

  /* The profiler code uses assembler macros.  */
  cfun->machine->all_noreorder_p = !current_function_profile;

  last_insn = 0;
  hilo_delay = 2;
  delayed_reg = 0;
  lo_reg = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, LO_REGNUM);

  for (insn = get_insns (); insn != 0; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
    if (INSN_P (insn))
      {
        if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
          for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0); i++)
            mips_avoid_hazard (last_insn, XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
                               &hilo_delay, &delayed_reg, lo_reg);
        else
          mips_avoid_hazard (last_insn, insn, &hilo_delay,
                             &delayed_reg, lo_reg);

        last_insn = insn;
      }
}


/* Implement TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG.  */

static void
mips_reorg (void)
{
  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    {
      if (optimize)
        mips16_optimize_gp ();
      mips16_lay_out_constants ();
    }
  else if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    {
      if (mips_flag_delayed_branch)
        dbr_schedule (get_insns (), rtl_dump_file);
      mips_avoid_hazards ();
    }
}

/* We need to use a special set of functions to handle hard floating
   point code in mips16 mode.  Also, allow for --enable-gofast.  */

#include "config/gofast.h"

static void
mips_init_libfuncs (void)
{
  if (TARGET_MIPS16 && mips16_hard_float)
    {
      set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_addsf3");
      set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_subsf3");
      set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_mulsf3");
      set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_divsf3");

      set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_eqsf2");
      set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_nesf2");
      set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_gtsf2");
      set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_gesf2");
      set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_ltsf2");
      set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, SFmode, "__mips16_lesf2");

      set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, SFmode, "__mips16_fixsfsi");
      set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, SFmode, SImode, "__mips16_floatsisf");

      if (TARGET_DOUBLE_FLOAT)
        {
          set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_adddf3");
          set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_subdf3");
          set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_muldf3");
          set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_divdf3");

          set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_eqdf2");
          set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_nedf2");
          set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_gtdf2");
          set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_gedf2");
          set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_ltdf2");
          set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, DFmode, "__mips16_ledf2");

          set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab, DFmode, SFmode, "__mips16_extendsfdf2");
          set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab, SFmode, DFmode, "__mips16_truncdfsf2");

          set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, SImode, DFmode, "__mips16_fixdfsi");
          set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, DFmode, SImode, "__mips16_floatsidf");
        }
    }
  else
    gofast_maybe_init_libfuncs ();
}

/* Return a number assessing the cost of moving a register in class
   FROM to class TO.  The classes are expressed using the enumeration
   values such as `GENERAL_REGS'.  A value of 2 is the default; other
   values are interpreted relative to that.

   It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when FROM is the
   same as TO; on some machines it is expensive to move between
   registers if they are not general registers.

   If reload sees an insn consisting of a single `set' between two
   hard registers, and if `REGISTER_MOVE_COST' applied to their
   classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that
   the constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than
   2 will allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You
   should do this if the `movM' pattern's constraints do not allow
   such copying.

   ??? We make the cost of moving from HI/LO into general
   registers the same as for one of moving general registers to
   HI/LO for TARGET_MIPS16 in order to prevent allocating a
   pseudo to HI/LO.  This might hurt optimizations though, it
   isn't clear if it is wise.  And it might not work in all cases.  We
   could solve the DImode LO reg problem by using a multiply, just
   like reload_{in,out}si.  We could solve the SImode/HImode HI reg
   problem by using divide instructions.  divu puts the remainder in
   the HI reg, so doing a divide by -1 will move the value in the HI
   reg for all values except -1.  We could handle that case by using a
   signed divide, e.g.  -1 / 2 (or maybe 1 / -2?).  We'd have to emit
   a compare/branch to test the input value to see which instruction
   we need to use.  This gets pretty messy, but it is feasible.  */

int
mips_register_move_cost (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
                         enum reg_class to, enum reg_class from)
{
  if (from == M16_REGS && GR_REG_CLASS_P (to))
    return 2;
  else if (from == M16_NA_REGS && GR_REG_CLASS_P (to))
    return 2;
  else if (GR_REG_CLASS_P (from))
    {
      if (to == M16_REGS)
        return 2;
      else if (to == M16_NA_REGS)
        return 2;
      else if (GR_REG_CLASS_P (to))
        {
          if (TARGET_MIPS16)
            return 4;
          else
            return 2;
        }
      else if (to == FP_REGS)
        return 4;
      else if (to == HI_REG || to == LO_REG || to == MD_REGS)
        {
          if (TARGET_MIPS16)
            return 12;
          else
            return 6;
        }
      else if (COP_REG_CLASS_P (to))
        {
          return 5;
        }
    }  /* GR_REG_CLASS_P (from) */
  else if (from == FP_REGS)
    {
      if (GR_REG_CLASS_P (to))
        return 4;
      else if (to == FP_REGS)
        return 2;
      else if (to == ST_REGS)
        return 8;
    }  /* from == FP_REGS */
  else if (from == HI_REG || from == LO_REG || from == MD_REGS)
    {
      if (GR_REG_CLASS_P (to))
        {
          if (TARGET_MIPS16)
            return 12;
          else
            return 6;
        }
    }  /* from == HI_REG, etc.  */
  else if (from == ST_REGS && GR_REG_CLASS_P (to))
    return 4;
  else if (COP_REG_CLASS_P (from))
    {
      return 5;
    }  /* COP_REG_CLASS_P (from) */

  /* Fall through.  */

  return 12;
}

/* Return the length of INSN.  LENGTH is the initial length computed by
   attributes in the machine-description file.  */

int
mips_adjust_insn_length (rtx insn, int length)
{
  /* A unconditional jump has an unfilled delay slot if it is not part
     of a sequence.  A conditional jump normally has a delay slot, but
     does not on MIPS16.  */
  if (simplejump_p (insn)
      || (!TARGET_MIPS16  && (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
                              || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)))
    length += 4;

  /* See how many nops might be needed to avoid hardware hazards.  */
  if (!cfun->machine->ignore_hazard_length_p && INSN_CODE (insn) >= 0)
    switch (get_attr_hazard (insn))
      {
      case HAZARD_NONE:
        break;

      case HAZARD_DELAY:
        length += 4;
        break;

      case HAZARD_HILO:
        length += 8;
        break;
      }

  /* All MIPS16 instructions are a measly two bytes.  */
  if (TARGET_MIPS16)
    length /= 2;

  return length;
}


/* Return an asm sequence to start a noat block and load the address
   of a label into $1.  */

const char *
mips_output_load_label (void)
{
  if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
    switch (mips_abi)
      {
      case ABI_N32:
        return "%[lw\t%@,%%got_page(%0)(%+)\n\taddiu\t%@,%@,%%got_ofst(%0)";

      case ABI_64:
        return "%[ld\t%@,%%got_page(%0)(%+)\n\tdaddiu\t%@,%@,%%got_ofst(%0)";

      default:
        if (ISA_HAS_LOAD_DELAY)
          return "%[lw\t%@,%%got(%0)(%+)%#\n\taddiu\t%@,%@,%%lo(%0)";
        return "%[lw\t%@,%%got(%0)(%+)\n\taddiu\t%@,%@,%%lo(%0)";
      }
  else
    {
      if (Pmode == DImode)
        return "%[dla\t%@,%0";
      else
        return "%[la\t%@,%0";
    }
}


/* Output assembly instructions to peform a conditional branch.

   INSN is the branch instruction.  OPERANDS[0] is the condition.
   OPERANDS[1] is the target of the branch.  OPERANDS[2] is the target
   of the first operand to the condition.  If TWO_OPERANDS_P is
   nonzero the comparison takes two operands; OPERANDS[3] will be the
   second operand.

   If INVERTED_P is nonzero we are to branch if the condition does
   not hold.  If FLOAT_P is nonzero this is a floating-point comparison.

   LENGTH is the length (in bytes) of the sequence we are to generate.
   That tells us whether to generate a simple conditional branch, or a
   reversed conditional branch around a `jr' instruction.  */
const char *
mips_output_conditional_branch (rtx insn, rtx *operands, int two_operands_p,
                                int float_p, int inverted_p, int length)
{
  static char buffer[200];
  /* The kind of comparison we are doing.  */
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (operands[0]);
  /* Nonzero if the opcode for the comparison needs a `z' indicating
     that it is a comparison against zero.  */
  int need_z_p;
  /* A string to use in the assembly output to represent the first
     operand.  */
  const char *op1 = "%z2";
  /* A string to use in the assembly output to represent the second
     operand.  Use the hard-wired zero register if there's no second
     operand.  */
  const char *op2 = (two_operands_p ? ",%z3" : ",%.");
  /* The operand-printing string for the comparison.  */
  const char *const comp = (float_p ? "%F0" : "%C0");
  /* The operand-printing string for the inverted comparison.  */
  const char *const inverted_comp = (float_p ? "%W0" : "%N0");

  /* The MIPS processors (for levels of the ISA at least two), have
     "likely" variants of each branch instruction.  These instructions
     annul the instruction in the delay slot if the branch is not
     taken.  */
  mips_branch_likely = (final_sequence && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (insn));

  if (!two_operands_p)
    {
      /* To compute whether than A > B, for example, we normally
         subtract B from A and then look at the sign bit.  But, if we
         are doing an unsigned comparison, and B is zero, we don't
         have to do the subtraction.  Instead, we can just check to
         see if A is nonzero.  Thus, we change the CODE here to
         reflect the simpler comparison operation.  */
      switch (code)
        {
        case GTU:
          code = NE;
          break;

        case LEU:
          code = EQ;
          break;

        case GEU:
          /* A condition which will always be true.  */
          code = EQ;
          op1 = "%.";
          break;

        case LTU:
          /* A condition which will always be false.  */
          code = NE;
          op1 = "%.";
          break;

        default:
          /* Not a special case.  */
          break;
        }
    }

  /* Relative comparisons are always done against zero.  But
     equality comparisons are done between two operands, and therefore
     do not require a `z' in the assembly language output.  */
  need_z_p = (!float_p && code != EQ && code != NE);
  /* For comparisons against zero, the zero is not provided
     explicitly.  */
  if (need_z_p)
    op2 = "";

  /* Begin by terminating the buffer.  That way we can always use
     strcat to add to it.  */
  buffer[0] = '\0';

  switch (length)
    {
    case 4:
    case 8:
      /* Just a simple conditional branch.  */
      if (float_p)
        sprintf (buffer, "%%*b%s%%?\t%%Z2%%1%%/",
                 inverted_p ? inverted_comp : comp);
      else
        sprintf (buffer, "%%*b%s%s%%?\t%s%s,%%1%%/",
                 inverted_p ? inverted_comp : comp,
                 need_z_p ? "z" : "",
                 op1,
                 op2);
      return buffer;

    case 12:
    case 16:
    case 24:
    case 28:
      {
        /* Generate a reversed conditional branch around ` j'
           instruction:

                .set noreorder
                .set nomacro
                bc    l
                delay_slot or #nop
                j     target
                #nop
             l:
                .set macro
                .set reorder

           If the original branch was a likely branch, the delay slot
           must be executed only if the branch is taken, so generate:

                .set noreorder
                .set nomacro
                bc    l
                #nop
                j     target
                delay slot or #nop
             l:
                .set macro
                .set reorder

           When generating non-embedded PIC, instead of:

                j     target

           we emit:

                .set noat
                la    $at, target
                jr    $at
                .set at
        */

        rtx orig_target;
        rtx target = gen_label_rtx ();

        orig_target = operands[1];
        operands[1] = target;
        /* Generate the reversed comparison.  This takes four
           bytes.  */
        if (float_p)
          sprintf (buffer, "%%*b%s\t%%Z2%%1",
                   inverted_p ? comp : inverted_comp);
        else
          sprintf (buffer, "%%*b%s%s\t%s%s,%%1",
                   inverted_p ? comp : inverted_comp,
                   need_z_p ? "z" : "",
                   op1,
                   op2);
        output_asm_insn (buffer, operands);

        if (length != 16 && length != 28 && ! mips_branch_likely)
          {
            /* Output delay slot instruction.  */
            rtx insn = final_sequence;
            final_scan_insn (XVECEXP (insn, 0, 1), asm_out_file,
                             optimize, 0, 1);
            INSN_DELETED_P (XVECEXP (insn, 0, 1)) = 1;
          }
        else
          output_asm_insn ("%#", 0);

        if (length <= 16)
          output_asm_insn ("j\t%0", &orig_target);
        else
          {
            output_asm_insn (mips_output_load_label (), &orig_target);
            output_asm_insn ("jr\t%@%]", 0);
          }

        if (length != 16 && length != 28 && mips_branch_likely)
          {
            /* Output delay slot instruction.  */
            rtx insn = final_sequence;
            final_scan_insn (XVECEXP (insn, 0, 1), asm_out_file,
                             optimize, 0, 1);
            INSN_DELETED_P (XVECEXP (insn, 0, 1)) = 1;
          }
        else
          output_asm_insn ("%#", 0);

        (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
                                   CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (target));

        return "";
      }

    default:
      abort ();
    }

  /* NOTREACHED */
  return 0;
}
\f
/* Used to output div or ddiv instruction DIVISION, which has the
   operands given by OPERANDS.  If we need a divide-by-zero check,
   output the instruction and return an asm string that traps if
   operand 2 is zero.  Otherwise just return DIVISION itself.  */

const char *
mips_output_division (const char *division, rtx *operands)
{
  if (TARGET_CHECK_ZERO_DIV)
    {
      output_asm_insn (division, operands);

      if (TARGET_MIPS16)
        return "bnez\t%2,1f\n\tbreak\t7\n1:";
      else
        return "bne\t%2,%.,1f%#\n\tbreak\t7\n1:";
    }
  return division;
}
\f
/* Return true if GIVEN is the same as CANONICAL, or if it is CANONICAL
   with a final "000" replaced by "k".  Ignore case.

   Note: this function is shared between GCC and GAS.  */

static bool
mips_strict_matching_cpu_name_p (const char *canonical, const char *given)
{
  while (*given != 0 && TOLOWER (*given) == TOLOWER (*canonical))
    given++, canonical++;

  return ((*given == 0 && *canonical == 0)
          || (strcmp (canonical, "000") == 0 && strcasecmp (given, "k") == 0));
}


/* Return true if GIVEN matches CANONICAL, where GIVEN is a user-supplied
   CPU name.  We've traditionally allowed a lot of variation here.

   Note: this function is shared between GCC and GAS.  */

static bool
mips_matching_cpu_name_p (const char *canonical, const char *given)
{
  /* First see if the name matches exactly, or with a final "000"
     turned into "k".  */
  if (mips_strict_matching_cpu_name_p (canonical, given))
    return true;

  /* If not, try comparing based on numerical designation alone.
     See if GIVEN is an unadorned number, or 'r' followed by a number.  */
  if (TOLOWER (*given) == 'r')
    given++;
  if (!ISDIGIT (*given))
    return false;

  /* Skip over some well-known prefixes in the canonical name,
     hoping to find a number there too.  */
  if (TOLOWER (canonical[0]) == 'v' && TOLOWER (canonical[1]) == 'r')
    canonical += 2;
  else if (TOLOWER (canonical[0]) == 'r' && TOLOWER (canonical[1]) == 'm')
    canonical += 2;
  else if (TOLOWER (canonical[0]) == 'r')
    canonical += 1;

  return mips_strict_matching_cpu_name_p (canonical, given);
}


/* Parse an option that takes the name of a processor as its argument.
   OPTION is the name of the option and CPU_STRING is the argument.
   Return the corresponding processor enumeration if the CPU_STRING is
   recognized, otherwise report an error and return null.

   A similar function exists in GAS.  */

static const struct mips_cpu_info *
mips_parse_cpu (const char *option, const char *cpu_string)
{
  const struct mips_cpu_info *p;
  const char *s;

  /* In the past, we allowed upper-case CPU names, but it doesn't
     work well with the multilib machinery.  */
  for (s = cpu_string; *s != 0; s++)
    if (ISUPPER (*s))
      {
        warning ("the cpu name must be lower case");
        break;
      }

  /* 'from-abi' selects the most compatible architecture for the given
     ABI: MIPS I for 32-bit ABIs and MIPS III for 64-bit ABIs.  For the
     EABIs, we have to decide whether we're using the 32-bit or 64-bit
     version.  Look first at the -mgp options, if given, otherwise base
     the choice on MASK_64BIT in TARGET_DEFAULT.  */
  if (strcasecmp (cpu_string, "from-abi") == 0)
    return mips_cpu_info_from_isa (ABI_NEEDS_32BIT_REGS ? 1
                                   : ABI_NEEDS_64BIT_REGS ? 3
                                   : (TARGET_64BIT ? 3 : 1));

  /* 'default' has traditionally been a no-op.  Probably not very useful.  */
  if (strcasecmp (cpu_string, "default") == 0)
    return 0;

  for (p = mips_cpu_info_table; p->name != 0; p++)
    if (mips_matching_cpu_name_p (p->name, cpu_string))
      return p;

  error ("bad value (%s) for %s", cpu_string, option);
  return 0;
}


/* Return the processor associated with the given ISA level, or null
   if the ISA isn't valid.  */

static const struct mips_cpu_info *
mips_cpu_info_from_isa (int isa)
{
  const struct mips_cpu_info *p;

  for (p = mips_cpu_info_table; p->name != 0; p++)
    if (p->isa == isa)
      return p;

  return 0;
}
\f
/* Adjust the cost of INSN based on the relationship between INSN that
   is dependent on DEP_INSN through the dependence LINK.  The default
   is to make no adjustment to COST.

   On the MIPS, ignore the cost of anti- and output-dependencies.  */
static int
mips_adjust_cost (rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx link,
                  rtx dep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int cost)
{
  if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) != 0)
    return 0;   /* Anti or output dependence.  */
  return cost;
}

/* Implement HARD_REGNO_NREGS.  The size of FP registers are controlled
   by UNITS_PER_FPREG.  All other registers are word sized.  */

unsigned int
mips_hard_regno_nregs (int regno, enum machine_mode mode)
{
  if (! FP_REG_P (regno))
    return ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD);
  else
    return ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + UNITS_PER_FPREG - 1) / UNITS_PER_FPREG);
}

/* Implement RETURN_IN_MEMORY.  Under the old (i.e., 32 and O64 ABIs)
   all BLKmode objects are returned in memory.  Under the new (N32 and
   64-bit MIPS ABIs) small structures are returned in a register.
   Objects with varying size must still be returned in memory, of
   course.  */

int
mips_return_in_memory (tree type)
{
  if (mips_abi == ABI_32 || mips_abi == ABI_O64)
    return (TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode);
  else
    return ((int_size_in_bytes (type) > (2 * UNITS_PER_WORD))
            || (int_size_in_bytes (type) == -1));
}

static int
mips_issue_rate (void)
{
  switch (mips_tune)
    {
    case PROCESSOR_R5400:
    case PROCESSOR_R5500:
    case PROCESSOR_R7000:
    case PROCESSOR_R9000:
      return 2;

    default:
      return 1;
    }

  abort ();

}

/* Implements TARGET_SCHED_USE_DFA_PIPELINE_INTERFACE.  Return true for
   processors that have a DFA pipeline description.  */

static int
mips_use_dfa_pipeline_interface (void)
{
  switch (mips_tune)
    {
    case PROCESSOR_R5400:
    case PROCESSOR_R5500:
    case PROCESSOR_R7000:
    case PROCESSOR_R9000:
    case PROCESSOR_SR71000:
      return true;

    default:
      return false;
    }
}


const char *
mips_emit_prefetch (rtx *operands)
{
  int write = INTVAL (operands[1]);
  int locality = INTVAL (operands[2]);
  int indexed = GET_CODE (operands[3]) == REG;
  int code;
  char buffer[30];
  
  if (locality <= 0)
    code = (write ? 5 : 4);     /* store_streamed / load_streamed.  */
  else if (locality <= 2)
    code = (write ? 1 : 0);     /* store / load.  */
  else
    code = (write ? 7 : 6);     /* store_retained / load_retained.  */

  sprintf (buffer, "%s\t%d,%%3(%%0)", indexed ? "prefx" : "pref", code);
  output_asm_insn (buffer, operands);
  return "";
}


\f
#if TARGET_IRIX
/* Output assembly to switch to section NAME with attribute FLAGS.  */

static void
irix_asm_named_section_1 (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
                           unsigned int align)
{
  unsigned int sh_type, sh_flags, sh_entsize;

  sh_flags = 0;
  if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
    sh_flags |= 2; /* SHF_ALLOC */
  if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
    sh_flags |= 1; /* SHF_WRITE */
  if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
    sh_flags |= 4; /* SHF_EXECINSTR */
  if (flags & SECTION_SMALL)
    sh_flags |= 0x10000000; /* SHF_MIPS_GPREL */
  if (strcmp (name, ".debug_frame") == 0)
    sh_flags |= 0x08000000; /* SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP */
  if (flags & SECTION_DEBUG)
    sh_type = 0x7000001e; /* SHT_MIPS_DWARF */
  else if (flags & SECTION_BSS)
    sh_type = 8; /* SHT_NOBITS */
  else
    sh_type = 1; /* SHT_PROGBITS */

  if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
    sh_entsize = 4;
  else
    sh_entsize = 0;

  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section %s,%#x,%#x,%u,%u\n",
           name, sh_type, sh_flags, sh_entsize, align);
}

static void
irix_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags)
{
  if (TARGET_SGI_O32_AS)
    default_no_named_section (name, flags);
  else if (mips_abi == ABI_32 && TARGET_GAS)
    default_elf_asm_named_section (name, flags);
  else
    irix_asm_named_section_1 (name, flags, 0);
}

/* In addition to emitting a .align directive, record the maximum
   alignment requested for the current section.  */

struct GTY (()) irix_section_align_entry
{
  const char *name;
  unsigned int log;
  unsigned int flags;
};

static htab_t irix_section_align_htab;
static FILE *irix_orig_asm_out_file;

static int
irix_section_align_entry_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
  const struct irix_section_align_entry *old = p1;
  const char *new = p2;

  return strcmp (old->name, new) == 0;
}

static hashval_t
irix_section_align_entry_hash (const void *p)
{
  const struct irix_section_align_entry *old = p;
  return htab_hash_string (old->name);
}

void
irix_asm_output_align (FILE *file, unsigned int log)
{
  const char *section = current_section_name ();
  struct irix_section_align_entry **slot, *entry;

  if (mips_abi != ABI_32)
    {
      if (! section)
        abort ();

      slot = (struct irix_section_align_entry **)
        htab_find_slot_with_hash (irix_section_align_htab, section,
                                  htab_hash_string (section), INSERT);
      entry = *slot;
      if (! entry)
        {
          entry = (struct irix_section_align_entry *)
            xmalloc (sizeof (struct irix_section_align_entry));
          *slot = entry;
          entry->name = section;
          entry->log = log;
          entry->flags = current_section_flags ();
        }
      else if (entry->log < log)
        entry->log = log;
    }

  fprintf (file, "\t.align\t%u\n", log);
}

/* The IRIX assembler does not record alignment from .align directives,
   but takes it from the first .section directive seen.  Play file
   switching games so that we can emit a .section directive at the
   beginning of the file with the proper alignment attached.  */

static void
irix_file_start (void)
{
  mips_file_start ();

  if (mips_abi == ABI_32)
    return;

  irix_orig_asm_out_file = asm_out_file;
  asm_out_file = tmpfile ();

  irix_section_align_htab = htab_create (31, irix_section_align_entry_hash,
                                         irix_section_align_entry_eq, NULL);
}

static int
irix_section_align_1 (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  const struct irix_section_align_entry *entry
    = *(const struct irix_section_align_entry **) slot;

  irix_asm_named_section_1 (entry->name, entry->flags, 1 << entry->log);
  return 1;
}

static void
copy_file_data (FILE *to, FILE *from)
{
  char buffer[8192];
  size_t len;
  rewind (from);
  if (ferror (from))
    fatal_error ("can't rewind temp file: %m");

  while ((len = fread (buffer, 1, sizeof (buffer), from)) > 0)
    if (fwrite (buffer, 1, len, to) != len)
      fatal_error ("can't write to output file: %m");

  if (ferror (from))
    fatal_error ("can't read from temp file: %m");

  if (fclose (from))
    fatal_error ("can't close temp file: %m");
}

static void
irix_file_end (void)
{
  if (mips_abi != ABI_32)
    {
      /* Emit section directives with the proper alignment at the top of the
         real output file.  */
      FILE *temp = asm_out_file;
      asm_out_file = irix_orig_asm_out_file;
      htab_traverse (irix_section_align_htab, irix_section_align_1, NULL);

      /* Copy the data emitted to the temp file to the real output file.  */
      copy_file_data (asm_out_file, temp);
    }

  mips_file_end ();
}


/* Implement TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS.  Make sure that .sdata and
   .sbss sections get the SECTION_SMALL flag: this isn't set by the
   default code.  */

static unsigned int
irix_section_type_flags (tree decl, const char *section, int relocs_p)
{
  unsigned int flags;

  flags = default_section_type_flags (decl, section, relocs_p);

  if (strcmp (section, ".sdata") == 0
      || strcmp (section, ".sbss") == 0
      || strncmp (section, ".gnu.linkonce.s.", 16) == 0
      || strncmp (section, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
    flags |= SECTION_SMALL;

  return flags;
}

#endif /* TARGET_IRIX */

#include "gt-mips.h"